Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 1980-1984  (193)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (193)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955523
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: This text is concerned with those aspects of mathematics that are necessary for first-degree students of chemistry. It is written from the point of view that an element of mathematical rigour is essential for a proper appreciation of the scope and limitations of mathematical methods, and that the connection between physical principles and their mathematical formulation requires at least as much study as the mathematical principles themselves. It is written with chemistry students particularly in mind because that subject provides a point of view that differs in some respects from that of students of other scientific disciplines. Chemists in particular need insight into three­ dimensional geometry and an appreciation of problems involving many variables. It is also a subject that draws particular benefit from having available two rigorous disciplines, those of mathematics and of thermodynamics. The benefit of rigour is that it provides a degree of certainty which is valuable in a subject of such complexity as is provided by the behaviour of real chemical systems. As an experimen­ tal science, we attempt in chemistry to understand and to predict behaviour by combining precise experimental measurement with such rigorous theory as may be at the time available; these seldom provide a complete picture but do enable areas of uncertainty to be identified
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Algebraic and geometrical methods1.1 Natural numbers -- 1.2 Units and dimensional analysis -- 1.3 Functional notation -- 1.4 Quadratic and higher-order equations -- 1.5 Dependent and independent variables -- 1.6 Graphical methods -- 1.7 Some geometrical methods -- 1.8 Factorials and gamma functions -- 1.9 Probability -- 1.10 Complex numbers -- 2 Differential calculus -- 2.1 Significance and notation -- 2.2 The calculus limit -- 2.3 Differentiation of simple functions -- 2.4 The use of differentials; implicit differentiation -- 2.5 Logarithms and exponentials -- 2.6 The chain rule and differentiation by substitution -- 2.7 Turning points: maxima, minima and points of inflection -- 2.8 Maxima and minima subject to constraint; Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers -- 2.9 Series -- 2.10 The evaluation of limits by L’Hôpital’s rule -- 2.11 The principles of Newtonian mechanics -- 3 Differential calculus in three or more dimensions; partial differentiation -- 3.1 Significance and notation -- 3.2 An alternative approach to calculus -- 3.3 The total differential -- 3.4 General expression for a total differential -- 3.5 Exact differentials -- 3.6 Relations between partial derivatives -- 3.7 Extensive and intensive variables; Euler’s theorem -- 3.8 Taylor’s theorem in partial derivatives -- 3.9 Vectors -- 4 Integration -- 4.1 Significance and notation -- 4.2 Standard methods of integration -- 4.3 Standard forms of integral and numerical methods -- 4.4 Multiple integration -- 4.5 Differentiation of integrals; Leibnitz’s theorem -- 4.6 The Euler-Maclaurin Theorem -- 5 Applications of integration -- 5.1 Plane area -- 5.2 Plane elements of area -- 5.3 Elements of volume; polar coordinates in three dimensions -- 5.4 Line integrals -- 5.5 Curve length by integration -- 5.6 Applications of multiple integration -- 5.7 The calculus of variations -- 5.8 Generalized dynamics -- 6 Differential equations -- 6.1 Significance and notation -- 6.2 Equations of first order, first degree -- 6.3 Linear differential equations -- 6.4 Integral transforms -- 7 Experimental error and the method of least squares -- 7.1 Significance -- 7.2 Root-mean-square error -- 7.3 Distribution of error -- 7.4 The statistical analysis of experimental data -- 7.5 Propagation of error -- 7.6 Small-sample errors -- 7.7 The normal distribution of error -- 7.8 The method of least squares -- Appendix SI units, physical constants and conversion factors; the Greek alphabet and a summary of useful relations -- Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401746977
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 318 p) , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Grammar, Comparative and general ; Linguistics ; Translating and interpreting
    Abstract: Alltranslation is a compromise-the effort to be literal and the e. ffort to be idiomatic BenjaminJowett (1817-93) This book is designed to provide intermediate and advanced students of English with practice in the translation ofDutch texts into English. It contains fifty prose passages, most of them taken from recent Dutch novels or journals, all of them tried out on several generations of our own students in the 'pre-kandidaatsfase' of their studies at the English Department of the University of Nijmegen. In these respects, it is not spectacularly different from many other books ofits kind. We have, however, tried to offer the student rather more support in his translation work than is usually clone: each text is provided with a suggested translation of the first few lines and with notes containing information on grammar and idiom, sometimes preceded by supplementary material from British or American sources. The second part of the book comprises a short contrastive grammar speciallywritten to meet theneeds oftheuser. In this way wehope to offer a self-contained translation course which reinforces the interdependence of grammar, vocabulary, textual interpretation and style. Most ofthe texts in this book are reproduced in substantially the sameform and wording as in the original sources. In some cases editing was necessary in order, for example, to reduce long articles to more manageable proportions. In no cases, however, were we moved to doctor the originals in order to disambiguate them or to make them easier to translate.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401576949
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 177 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 170
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: 1. Nature, Culture, and Persons -- 2. The Concept of Consciousness -- 3. Animal and Human Minds -- 4. Action and Causality -- 5. Puzzles about the Causal Explanation of Human Actions -- 6. Cognitivism and the Problem of Explaining Human Intelligence -- 7. Wittgenstein and Natural Languages: an Alternative to Rationalist and Empiricist Theories.
    Abstract: viii choice and these include efforts to provide logical frameworks within which wecan make senseof these notions. This series will attempt to bring together work from allof these approaches to the history and philosophy of science and technology in the belief that each has something to add to our understanding. The volumes of this series have emerged either from lectures given by an author while serving as an honorary visiting professor at The City Collegeof New York or from a conference sponsored by that institution. The City College Program in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology oversees and directs these lectures and conferences with the financial aid of the Association for Philosophy ofScience, Psychotherapy, and Ethics. MARTIN TAMNY RAPHAEL STERN TABLE OF CONTENTS EDITO RS' PR EFACE vii PR EFACE xi ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS xiii I. NATUR E, CULTUR E, AND PERSONS 2. THE CONCEPT OF CONSCIOUSNESS 20 3. ANIMAL AND HUMAN MINDS 42 4 . ACTION AND CAUSALITY 64 5. PUZZLES ABOUT TH E CAUSAL EXPLANATION OF HUMAN ACTIONS 83 6. COGNITIVISM AND THE PROBLEM OF EXPLAINING HUMAN INTELLIGENCE 101 7. WITTGENSTEIN AND NATURAL LANGUAGES : AN ALTERNATIV E TO RATIONALIST AND EMPIRICIST THEO RIE S 133 INDEX 163 PREFACE I have tried to make a fresh beginning on the theory of cultural phenomena, largely from the perspectives of Anglo-American analytic philosophy.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401576888
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 332 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The University of Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 25
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 25
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Introduction: The Sociological Turn -- The Pseudo-Science of Science? -- The Strengths of the Strong Programme -- The Strong Program: A Dialogue -- Problems of Intelligibility and Paradigm Instances -- The Rational and the Social in the History of Science -- A Plague on Both Your Houses -- Two Historiographical Strategies: Ideas and Social Conditions in the History of Science -- The Role of Arational Factors in Interpretive History: The Case of Kant and ESP -- On the Sociology of Belief, Knowledge, and Science -- Scientific and Other Interests -- The Sociology of Reasons: Or Why “Epistemic Factors” are Really “Social Factors”.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400964327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 461 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Sociology.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 The Concept of Happiness -- 2/1 The various meanings of the word happiness -- 2/2 Happiness defined -- 2/3 Components of happiness -- 2/4 Adjacent concepts -- 2/5 Synonyms of happiness -- 2/6 Summary -- 3 Can Happiness be Measured? -- 3/1 Validity problems -- 3/2 Reliability problems -- 3/3 Problems of comparison -- 3/4 Summary -- 4 Indicators of Happiness -- 4/1 Indicators of overall happiness -- 4/2 Indicators of hedonic level of affect -- 4/3 Indicators of contentment -- 4/4 Composites -- 4/5 Do the three kinds of indicators tap different phenomena? -- 4/6 Summary -- 5 Gathering the Available Data -- 5/1 Searching empirical happiness studies -- 5/2 The studies found -- 5/3 Presenting the findings -- 5/4 Limitations of the data -- 5/5 Summary -- 6 Happiness and Living Conditions -- 6/1 Happiness and society -- 6/2 Happiness and one’s place in society -- 6/3 Happiness and work -- 6/4 Happiness and intimate ties -- 6/5 Summary -- 7 Happiness and Individual Characteristics -- 7/1 Happiness and personal resources -- 7/2 Happiness and some personality traits -- 7/3 Happiness and lifestyle -- 7/4 Happiness and longings -- 7/5 Happiness and convictions -- 7/6 Happiness and appreciations -- 7/7 Summary -- 8 Antecedents of Happiness -- 8/1 Happiness and earlier living conditions -- 8/2 Happiness and earlier personal characteristics -- 8/3 Summary -- 9 Conclusions -- 9/1 Conditions of happiness -- 9/2 Myths about happiness -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: This book is about the degree to which people take pleasure in life: in short 'happiness'. It tries to identify conditions that favor a positive appreciation of life. Thus it hopes to shed more light on a longstanding and intriguing ques­ tion and, possibly, to guide attempts to improve the human lot. During the preceding decades a growing number of investigations have dealt with this issue. As a result there is now a sizable body of data. Yet it is quite difficult to make sense of it. There is a muddle of theories, concepts and indicators, and many of the findings seem to be contradictory. This book attempts to bring some order into the field. The study draws on an inventory of empirical investigations which involved valid indicators of happiness; 245 studies are involved, which together yield some 4000 observations: for the main part correlational ones. These results are presented in full detail in the simultaneously published 'Databook of Happiness' (Veenhoven 1984). The present volume distils conclusions from that wealth of data. It tries to assess the reality value of the findings and the degree to which correlations reflect the conditions of happiness rather than the consequences of it. It then attempts to place the scattered findings in context. As such, this work is not a typical study of literature on happiness.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401770484
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVII, 1207 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law. ; Political science.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955363
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to identify the main areas of active discussion about, and research into, the biology of animal behaviour, to describe and assess ways in which these can be studied and using selected examples, to illus­ trate the kinds of results which are emerging. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive review of all we know about animal behaviour, although the examples have been chosen to cover as many as possible of the things that animals do. XlV Preface Acknowledgements I would like to thank C. Swann, M.L.N. Murthy and the Superbrain for typing the manuscript; Linda Partridge, Pat Monaghan, Douglas Fraser and Richard Wilson for constructive criticism of earlier drafts; Alan Crowden for help in planning and producing the book and, particularly, Tim Huntingford for help and encouragement at all stages of its pro­ duction. Acknowledgements are gratefully made to Jim Tulley fot producing plates 1, 2, 3, 7 and 12 and to Michael Hansell for the remainder.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 The ethological approach to the study of behaviour -- 1.2 A brief outline of classical ethological theory -- 1.3 The modern study of animal behaviour -- 1.4 An outline of the book -- 2 The description and measurement of behaviour -- 2.1 Describing behaviour by its function -- 2.2 Describing behaviour by its form -- 2.3 Describing and measuring the relationship between an animal and its environment -- 2.4 What is the point of all this sophisticated analysis? -- 3 The study of the causes of behavioural change -- 3.1 What constitutes a causal explanation of behaviour? -- 3.2 The different kinds of causal explanation -- 3.3 Motivational models -- 3.4 Studying external influences on behaviour -- 3.5 Studying internal influences on behaviour -- 3.6 What is the nature of the mechanisms which cause behavioural change? -- 3.7 Studying the physiological bases of behavioural change -- 4 The development of behaviour -- 4.1 Problems with the instinct-learning dichotomy -- 4.2 Why is the term innate still used? -- 4.3 Describing the ontogeny of behaviour -- 4.4 Characterizing the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.5 Classifying the factors which influence the development of behaviour -- 4.6 Some general features of behavioural development -- 5 The adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.1 Sources of evidence about the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.2 Difficulties in studying the adaptive significance of behaviour -- 5.3 The state of the art -- 5.4 The adaptive significance of the way animals pattern their behavior in time -- 5.5 The adaptive significance of the way animals use space -- 5.6 The adaptive significance of an animal’s aggressive responses -- 5.7 The adaptive significance of an animal’s breeding habits; mating systems -- 5.8 Adaptive significance of behaviour accompanying mating -- 5.9 The adaptive significance of parental care -- 5.10 The adaptive significance of living in groups -- 5.11 Behaviour which cannot be explained by classic natural selection theory -- 5.12 Overview; sociobiology and behavioural ecology -- 6 The phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.1 Sources of evidence about the phylogeny of behaviour -- 6.2 Some representative behavioural phylogenies -- 6.3 Deriving general principles of behavioural evolution -- 7 The role of behaviour in the evolutionary process -- 7.1 The behaviour of other animals as a major selective force -- 7.2 Behaviour dictates the selection pressures to which an animal is exposed -- 7.3 The impact of behaviour on population structure -- 8 Behavioural genetics -- 8.1 The objectives of research into the inheritance of behaviour -- 8.2 Potential contributions of genetics to the study of animal behaviour -- 8.3 Quantitative genetics -- 8.5 Screening known genetic variants for behavioural differences -- 8.6 Characterizing the precise behavioural effects of genetic differences -- 8.7 The mechanisms whereby genes influence behaviour -- 8.8 Genetic mosaics -- 8.9 Animal behaviour and behavioural genetics -- 9 Applied ethology -- 9.1 Clarification of terms; what is applied ethology? -- 9.2 Ways in which etiological research can be applied to practical problems -- 9.3 Pest control -- 9.4 Increasing the productivity of commercially important species -- 9.5 Animal welfare -- 9.6 Conservation -- 9.7 Human behaviour -- References -- Author index -- Species index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789400932852
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 - PsychoNeuroImmunoLoGy and Breakdown in Adaptation: Interactions Within The Central Nervous System, The Immune and Endocrine SystemsImmunology for nonimmunologists: some guidelines for incipient psychoneuroimmunologists -- Neuroendocrine interactions with brain and behaviour: a model for psychoneuroimmunology ? -- Psychoneuroimmunology -- Emotions, immunity and disease: an historical and philosophical perspective -- Immunoglobulins as stress markers ? -- Problems of clinical interdisciplinary research - investigation into bronchial asthma as a paradigm -- Factors involved in the classical conditioning of antibody responses in mice -- The bone marrow, our autonomous morphostatic “brain” -- Immune regulation of the hypothalamic - hypophysial - adrenal axis: a role for thymosins and lymphokines -- Stress and immune response: parameters and markers -- 4 - Breakdown in Human Adaptation and Gastrointestinal Dysfunction: Clinical, Biochemical and Psychobiolo- Gical Aspects -- The brain and the gut -- The role of psychiatric assessment in the management of functional bowel disease -- Application of psychological measures in epidemiological studies of gastrointestinal disease: a critical opinion -- Stress-related nicotine abuse and disorders of the gastrointestinal tract -- Use of quantitative methods for the study of psychological factors in ulcer patients -- Stress, the immune system and GI function -- Clinical recognition of stress related gastrointestinal disorders in adults -- Stress and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) -- Upper GI bleeding lesions related to- or associated with- stress -- 5 - Acute Effect of Psychological Stress on Cardiovascular System: Models and Clinical Assessment -- I. Systems Interplay in Stress Response -- Need for clinical models: physiopathological versus epidemiological study -- Psychosocial stress: endocrine and brain interactions and their relevance for cardiovascular processes -- Hormonal response to acute stress: focus on opioid peptides -- II. Myocardial Infarction Clinical Studies -- Emotional stress and heart disease: clinical recognition and assessment -- Possibilities and limitations of longterm studies on the effect of psychological stress on cardiovascular function -- Interaction between short- and long-term stress in cardiovascular disease -- Clinical clues of neuro-humoral interpretation of the genesis of coronary spasm -- Provocative testing for coronary spasm -- Hemodynamic characterization of different mental stress tests -- Experimental studies -- Thoracic autonomic nerves regulating the canine heart -- Nervous coronary constriction via ? -adrenoreceptors: counteracted by metabolic regulation, by coronary ? -adrenoreceptor stimulation or by flow dependent, endothelium-mediated dilation -- III. Cardiac Arrhythmias Clinical studies -- Clinical clues to psychological and neuro-humoral mechanisms of arrhythmogenesis -- Clinical clues and experimental evidence of the neuro-humoral interpretation of cardiac arrhythmias -- IV. Arterial Hypertension Clinical Studies -- Blood pressure control during mental stress -- Somatic responses to acute stress and the relevance for the study of their mechanisms -- Neurohumoral factors involved in the pathogenesis of hypertension -- Experimental studies -- Results of experimental studies favouring the hypothesis of the influence of stress on the genesis of hypertension -- Animal models for the assesment of stress on arterial blood pressure -- V. Methods -- Validation and quantification of mental stress tests, and their application to acute cardiovascular patients -- Methods and limits for the detection of the response of coronary circulation to acute stress.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400941151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Ecology and Planning -- 2.1 The planning component -- 2.2 The ecological component -- 3 Ecological Methodology -- 3.1 Overview -- 3.2 Ecological surveys for metalliferous mining proposals -- 3.3 Predicting the environmental impact of a major reservoir development -- 3.4 Ecological modelling in impact analysis -- 4 Planning Procedures for Environmental Impact Analysis -- 4.1 Overview -- 4.2 Experience with environmental impact assessment procedures in the USA -- 4.3 Ontario Hydro and Canadian environmental impact assessment procedures -- 4.4 Environmental impact assessment procedures within the European Economic Community -- 4.5 Proposals for environmental impact assessment procedures in the UK -- 4.6 The role of environmental impact assessment in development control and policy decision-making -- 5 Ecological Considerations in Rural Planning -- 5.1 Overview -- 5.2 The impacts of agriculture and forestry on wildlife, landscape and access in the countryside -- 5.3 Landscape evaluation and the impact of changing land-use on the rural environment: the problem and an approach -- 5.4 Conservation and value judgements -- 5.5 Planning a new countryside -- 6 Policy Planning -- 6.1 Overview -- 6.2 Ecological requirements for decision-making regarding medium-scale developments in the urban environment -- 6.3 A prospectus for nature conservation within the Moray Firth: in retrospect -- 6.4 Environmental impact assessment procedures used in a strategic study of water resource development options -- 6.5 Assessing the impacts on plants of major highway developments -- 7 Project Planning -- 7.1 Overview -- 7.2 Ecological information and methodologies required for environmental assessment of Canadian power generation installations -- 7.3 Role of research in meeting environmental assessment needs for power station siting -- 7.4 Assessing the impact of major on-shore oil installations: the example of Sullom Voe -- 7.5 The ecology of oil development in Scapa Flow, Orkney -- 7.6 Assessing the impact of major developments on water resources -- 7.7 Assessing the impact of industrial emissions to the atmosphere -- 7.8 Ecological assessments of the effects of atmospheric emissions -- 8. Environmental Audits and Research Needs -- 8.1 Overview -- 8.2 Experience of environmental impact assessment procedures in Ireland -- 8.3 A retrospective view of the environmental impact on Upper Teesdale of the Cow Green Reservoir -- 8.4 Predicting the impact of oil terminal development on the in-shore marine environment: retrospective analysis -- 8.5 The need for research on environmental impact assessment -- 9. Conclusions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096898
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamental principles -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    Abstract: This text outlines the fluid and thermodynamic principles that apply to all classes of turbomachines, and the material has been presented in a unified way. The approach has been used with successive groups of final year mechanical engineering students, who have helped with the development of the ideas outlined. As with these students, the reader is assumed to have a basic understanding of fluid mechanics and thermodynamics. However, the early chapters combine the relevant material with some new concepts, and provide basic reading references. Two related objectives have defined the scope of the treatment. The first is to provide a general treatment of the common forms of turbo machine, covering basic fluid dynamics and thermodynamics of flow through passages and over surfaces, with a brief derivation of the fundamental governing equations. The second objective is to apply this material to the various machines in enough detail to allow the major design and performance factors to be appreciated. Both objectives have been met by grouping the machines by flow path rather than by application, thus allowing an appreciation of points of similarity or difference in approach. No attempt has been made to cover detailed points of design or stressing, though the cited references and the body of information from which they have been taken give this sort of information. The first four chapters introduce the fundamental relations, and the suc­ ceeding chapters deal with applications to the various flow paths.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamental principles1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Euler equation -- 1.3 Reaction -- 1.4 Application to a centrifugal machine -- 1.5 Application to axial pumps and turbines -- 1.6 Alternative operating modes -- 1.7 Compressible flow theory -- 1.8 Shock wave effects -- 1.9 Cavitation -- 1.10 Illustrative examples -- 2 Principles and practice of scaling laws -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Performance laws -- 2.3 Concept of specific speed -- 2.4 Cavitation parameters -- 2.5 Scale effects in incompressible units -- 2.6 Scale effects in compressible machines -- 2.7 Illustrative examples -- 3 Principles of axial flow machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Wing theory -- 3.3 Isolated aerofoil data -- 3.4 Cascade data -- 3.5 Radial equilibrium theories -- 3.6 Actuator disc approach -- 3.7 Stall and surge effects -- 4 Principles of radial and mixed flow machines -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 One-dimensional approach -- 4.3 Two-dimensional approach -- 4.4 Three-dimensional problem -- 4.5 Discussion of theoretical approaches to analysis and design -- 5 Centrifugal machines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Inlet or intake systems -- 5.3 Impeller -- 5.4 Outlet systems -- 5.5 Thrust loads due to hydrodynamic effects -- 6 Axial machines for incompressible flow -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Axial flow pumps and fans -- 6.3 Axial water turbines -- 6.4 Forces on blades and their implications for design -- 6.5 Concluding remarks -- 7 Axial turbines and compressors for compressible flow -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Approach to axial compressor principles -- 7.3 Axial turbine principles -- 7.4 Other problems -- 8 Radial flow turbines -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Water turbines -- 8.3 Radial inflow gas turbine -- 8.4 Ljungström or radial outflow turbine -- 9 Cavitation and other matters -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Effects of cavitation on machines -- 9.3 Problems involved in special pumping applications -- 9.4 Pumped storage systems -- 9.5 Some comments on output control of rotating machines -- References -- Additional bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165556
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Environments and Ecosystems: Freshwater and Marine -- 3. Environments and Ecosystems: Soils, Biological Purification Systems and Other Animals -- 4. Autotrophie Nutrition -- 5. Heterotrophic Feeding -- 6. Endocytotic Vacuoles in Digestion -- 7 Metabolic Pathways -- 8. Feeding in the Ciliophora -- 9. Variety in the Mastigophora -- 10. Sarcodina -- 11. Apicomplexa -- 12. Myxozoa, Microspora and Ascetospora -- 13. Inter-relationships in Protozoan Communities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789401168250
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (227 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The economic crisis and the social security -- Synthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    Description / Table of Contents: The economic crisis and the social securitySynthesis reports -- The financing of social security -- Pensions -- Le droit à la santé à l’épreuve de la crise économique -- Le chômage -- Family allowances and minimum income -- Sécurité sociale et insécurité économique -- National reports -- Rapport allemand -- Rapport autrichien -- Rapport belge -- Dutch report -- Rapport espagnol -- Rapport français -- Rapport grec -- Rapport italien -- Norvegian report -- Rapport suédois.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry -- 2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis — chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    Abstract: In the molecular sciences, enzyme chemistry occupies a special niche as one of the major contact points between chemical and biological disciplines. The special properties of enzymes as selective and efficient catalysts are so central to current challenges to chemists that the development of enzyme chemistry in the past thirty years has been a major stimulus to chemical research in general. On the one hand studies of the intrinsic properties of enzymes and, on the other hand, their applications to synthesis, drug design, and biosynthesis have had an immense impact. This book brings together in one volume essays describing several such fields with emphasis on the applications. It would be unnecessarily repetitious to outline the approach and contents of the book in a Preface; the first short chapter is more eloquent than a formal Preface can be. I shall therefore encourage you to begin with the Introduction in Chapter 1 and here I wish to extend my warm thanks to those who have contributed to the production of this book: the authors for their acceptance of the overall concept of the book and for the thoughtfulness of their writing; Dr Charles Suckling, FRS and Professor Hamish Wood for their constructive criticism of the whole book; and Dr John Buckingham and his colleagues at Chapman and Hall for their efficiency and enthusiasm in transforming the typescripts into the book that you now hold. Colin J. Suckling University of Strathclyde Contributors Donald H.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Infant enzyme chemistry2. The mechanistic basis of enzyme catalysis -- 3. Chemical models of coenzyme catalyses -- 4. Selectivity in synthesis - chemicals or enzymes -- 5. Enzymes as targets for drug design -- 6. Metal ions in biological systems -- 7. Enzyme-level studies of the biosynthesis of natural products -- 8. The impact of enzymology in biochemistry and beyond.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169486
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (388 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: The Organism and its Environment1.1 The organism and its abiotic environment: limits to tolerance -- 1.2 Interactions between environmental variables -- 1.3 Macro-environment and micro-environment -- 1.4 Adjustment of tolerance limits -- 1.5 Homeostasis: avoidance of the problem -- 1.6 Behavioural mechanisms for homeostasis -- 1.7 Adaptive suites -- 1.8 Organism and abiota: a two-way interaction -- 2: The Ecological Community -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Communities and ecosystems -- 2.3 Biotic relationships -- 2.4 The organism in the community -- 2.5 The community level of organisation -- 2.6 Tropho-dynamic analyses -- 2.7 Community structure -- 2.8 Analyses of food web design -- 2.9 Subcompartments in community structure -- 2.10 Common denominators of community design -- 2.11 Species-abundance relationships -- 2.12 Species associations -- 2.13 Niche relationships and design rules -- 2.14 The structure of particular communities -- 2.15 Community flux -- 3: Community Dynamics -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The community as a system of energy transformations -- 3.3 Energy relationships of individuals -- 3.4 Energy relationships in the community -- 3.5 Energy flow within the community: the tropho-dynamic approach -- 3.6 Limitations of energy analysis -- 3.7 The flow of nutrients within communities -- 3.8 The importance of the decomposers -- 4: Temporal Change in Community Structure and Function -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Short-term cycles in community structure -- 4.3 Shifts in community structure: colonisation and extinction -- 4.4 Succession -- 4.5 Characteristics of succession -- 4.6 The mechanics of succession -- 4.7 What stops the successional process? -- 4.8 Climax communities -- 4.9 Succession as a necessary mathematical consequence -- 5: The Concept of the Niche -- 5.1 Introduction and definition of niche -- 5.2 Parameters of the niche -- 5.3 Factors affecting the niche and its parameters -- 5.4 Niche separation -- 5.5 Niche overlap -- 5.6 Measures of niche width, separation and overlap -- 5.7 Niche relationships and community structure -- 5.8 Parallel niches -- 6: Interspecific Competition and Community Structure -- 6.1 Introduction and definitions of competition -- 6.2 Interspecific competition -- 6.3 The mechanics of competition -- 6.4 Niche overlap and competition -- 6.5 The effects of interspecific competition within the community: exclusion and coexistence -- 6.6 Diffuse competition and indirect competitive effects -- 6.7 Competition as a selection pressure promoting change -- 6.8 Niche shifts and evolutionary change due to competition -- 6.9 Interspecific competition in natural systems -- 7: Population Structure and Analysis -- 7.1 What is population ecology? -- 7.2 Theoretical population growth -- 7.3 The analytic (life table) approach -- 7.4 Simulation of population events -- 7.5 Towards a general population theory -- 8: Competition and Population Stability -- 8.1 Introduction: inter and intra-specific competition and population stability -- 8.2 Regulation in vertebrate populations -- 8.3 Population cycles in vertebrates -- 8.4 Population cycles in invertebrates -- 9: Predators, Parasitoids and Population Stability -- 9.1 Why study predators and parasitoids? -- 9.2 Analytical models and the components of prédation -- 9.3 Predator development and accumulation -- 9.4 A theoretical basis for biological control -- 9.5 Polyphagous predators and analytical models -- 9.6 Field studies of the role of polyphagous predators -- 9.7 The effects of prédation on prey productivity and community structure -- 10: Evolution and Adaptation -- 10.1 Evolution and ecology -- 10.2 Adaptation -- 10.3 Bionomic strategies -- 10.4 Implications of r- and K-selection -- 10.5 Adaptiveness of foraging strategy -- 10.6 Optimal foraging -- 10.7 Reproductive strategy -- 10.8 Adaptiveness of social group -- 10.9 Optimality and evolutionarily stable strategies -- 10.10 The evolution of stable strategies -- 11: Coevolution -- 11.1 Insect-plant interactions -- 11.2 Larger herbivores -- 11.3 Interaction of plant-herbivore populations -- 11.4 Coevolution to mutualism -- 11.5 Coadapted systems -- 12: Species Diversity -- 12.1 Diversity as a descriptor of ecological communities -- 12.2 Measures of diversity -- 12.3 Resolution of chaos in diversity indices -- 12.4 The S component of diversity: why are there so many kinds of organisms? -- 12.5 Colonisation, extinction and island biogeography -- 12.6 Saturation point -- 12.7 Equitability -- 12.8 Factors promoting species diversity -- 12.9 Theories of diversity -- 13: Stability -- 13.1 Definitions -- 13.2 Stability of single species populations -- 13.3 Stability of two or three species systems -- 13.4 Community stability -- 13.5 Diversity and stability -- 13.6 May’s Paradox -- 13.7 Stability and food web design -- 13.8 The energetics of stable systems -- 13.9 Causes for stability -- References -- Acknowledgements.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400932838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human Adaptation -- I. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers — practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    Abstract: The widespread interest in "stressful" aspects of contemporary society which contribute to its burden of illness and diseases (e.g. gastro intestinal, cardiovascular) has led to a large number of state­ ments and reports which relate the manifestations to a maladaptation of the individual. Furthermore, recent research suggests that under some condi tions stress may have a more generalized effect of decreasing the body's ability to combat destructive forces and expose it to a variety of diseases. Breakdown in adaptation occurs when an individual cannot cope with demands inherent in his environment. These may be due to an excessive mental or physical load, including factors of a social or psychological nature and task performance requirements ranging from those which are monotonous, simple and repetitive to complex, fast, decision-taking ones. Experience shows however that not all people placed under the same condi tions suffer similarly, and it follows that to the social and psychological environment should be added a genetic factor influencing, through the brain, the responses of individuals. It is clear that, besides human suffering, this "breakdown in adaptation" causes massive losses of revenue to industry and national health authorities. Thus a reduction in "stress", before "breakdown" occurs, or an improvement in coping with it would be very valuable.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 - Psychological and Sociological Parameters for Studies of Breakdown in Human AdaptationI. General Overviews -- Towards a taxonomy of methods: a general overview of psychological approaches in the study of breakdown of human adaptation -- Psychological field study techniques: overview and needs -- Psychological field study techniques: a critical evaluation -- Sociological parameters in studies of breakdown: a selective overview -- Use of psychological indices in epidemiological studies: overview and needs -- Stressful life events and illness: a review with special reference to a criticism of the life-event method -- II. Conceptual Approaches -- A lifetime prospective study of human adaptation and health -- Psychosocial and psychophysiological factors in the design and the evaluation of working conditions within health care systems -- The relation of social to pathophysiological processes: evidence from epidemiological studies -- Unemployment and health: a review of methodology -- Ontogenetic development and breakdown in adaptation: a review on psychosocial factors contributing to the development of myocardial infarction, and a description of a research program -- Physiological issues in establishing links between psychosocial factors and cardiovascular illness -- White collar occupation and coronary prone behaviour -- III. Methods -- Psychological methods: an overview of clinical applications -- Psychological factors in the breakdown of human adaptation: some methodological issues -- Monitoring signs of decrease in human adaptation: use of quantitative measures available in official statistics -- Inventory of stressful life-events (ILE) -- The Norwegian female climacteric project (VOS) -- Questionnaire for organisational stress (VOS) -- A scale for measuring the marital relationship among males -- 2 - Human Performance and Breakdown in Adaptation -- Human performance in transport operations: introductory remarks -- I. Air Transport -- Air crew workload -- Safety, individual performance and mental workload in air transport: Oedipus as Icarus -- Stress management in air transport operations: beyond alcohol and drugs -- Reasons for eliminating the “age 60” regulation for airline pilots -- Human factors education in European air transport operations -- II. Road Transport -- Behaviour research in road traffic -- Some theoretical considerations on accident research -- Accident of bus drivers - practical and methodological problems -- Effects of alcohol on driving performance: a critical look on the epidemiological, experimental and psychosocial approaches -- Investigations on the influence of continuous driving on the motion activity of vehicle drivers -- III. Sea Transport -- Human performance in seafaring -- Stress factors and countermeasures in navigation -- Ship of the future: human problems and performance -- Accidents on board merchant ships -- Sleep data sampled from the crew of a merchant marine ship -- IV; Special Reviews -- Transport operators as responsible persons in stressful situations -- Stress response as a function of age and sex -- Drugs and transport operations -- Mechanical vibration in transport operations -- V. Methods -- Continuous electrophysiological recording -- Dimensions of flight crew performance decrements: methodological implications for field research -- Methodology in workstress studies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955561
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Receptors and Recognition 16
    Series Statement: Series B 16
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Immunogenetic Approaches to Cell Surface Molecules in the Mouse -- 2 Genetics of the Human Red Cell Surface -- 3 Analysis of the Human Cell Surface by Somatic Cell Genetics -- 4 Molecular Genetics of the HLA Region -- 5 Cell Genetic Analysis of the Receptor Systems for Bioactive Polypeptides -- 6 Genetics of the Cell Surface of the Preimplantation Embryo: Studies on Antigens Determined by Chromosome 17 in the Mouse -- 7 The Male-Specific Antigen (H-Y) and Sexual Differentiation.
    Abstract: The cell surface is the barrier between the cell and its environment which regulates the flow of both simple and complex molecules into and out of the cell; it is also the organelle responsible for communication between the cell and its environment. Each cell expresses receptors for a wide variety of hormones, growth factors, growth substrates and other cells. In multicellular organisms communication between cells is required for controlling development, cellular differentiation, morphogenesis and, in a more general sense, integration of myriad cell types into a single organism. The series Receptors and Recognition has as its overall aim the dissection of the cell surface to correlate structure and function for this complex organelle. In most of the preceding volumes the approach has been biochemical or physiological. In this volume the mammalian cell surface is analysed by a genetic approach. Genetic analysis of the cell surface, especially when combined with immuno­ logical techniques, has a long history. In 1900 Landsteiner showed that serum from one individual could agglutinate the red cells of another. Besides the practical result of making blood transfusion safe, this was the first demon­ stration of a human genetic polymorphism and for the next 50 years the red blood cell surface provided most of the genetic markers used to study human populations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955448
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Principles of thin section preparation -- 1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    Abstract: One of the first major studies of weathering and soil formation was made by Harrison (1933) who used thin sections in association with other procedures to study the transformation of minerals in different kinds of rock under the tropical conditions of Guyana. However, Kubiena (1938) is regarded as pioneering thin section studies of soils and during the last two decades there has been a rapid increase in the number of publications devoted almost exclusively to the study of soils in thin sections. In addition to the rather straightforward examinations with the polarizing microscope, thin section techniques are being linked with X-ray diffraction, X-ray microprobe, transmission and scanning electron microscopy, microbiological and other procedures to obtain a fuller insight into the composition and genesis of soils. Thus the study of thin sections of soils is now a major pedological technique for investigating small details in the nature, type and degree of organization of the soil fabric and structure. Thin sections reveal that particles of various sizes and composition react differently to pedological processes and become weathered or organized to form many specific patterns. This book is an attempt to give a comprehensive treatment of thin section studies of soils. Although primarily about the study of thin sections with optical microscopes a few transmission and scanning electron photomicro­ graphs are included to confirm the inferences based upon the studies made with the optical microscope.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Principles of thin section preparation1.1 Choosing the size of the thin section -- 1.2 Collecting the sample -- 1.3 Removing water from the sample -- 1.4 Impregnating the sample -- 1.5 Lapping the impregnated sample -- 1.6 Polishing the impregnated sample -- 1.7 Grinding, lapping and polishing the slide -- 2. Preparation of polished blocks and thin sections of soils -- 2.1 Collection of samples of soft coherent non-stony material -- 2.2 Collection of samples of hard material -- 2.3 Collecting loose friable surface samples -- 2.4 Removal or replacement of water and impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.5 Transferring the specimen to the impregnation mould -- 2.6 Removal of water -- 2.7 Impregnation -- 2.8 Sawing the impregnated block -- 2.9 Surface impregnation with Crystic resin -- 2.10 Lapping the block -- 2.11 Polishing the block -- 2.12 Cleaning the polished block -- 2.13 Mounting the polished block -- 2.14 Labelling the slide -- 2.15 Cutting off the excess specimen -- 2.16 Machine grinding the specimen -- 2.17 Final lapping stages for the specimen -- 2.18 Polishing the specimen -- 2.19 Mounting the cover glass -- 2.20 Logitech machine systems for thin section production -- 3. Examination of thin sections and polished blocks -- 3.1 Examination of thin sections and polished blocks with the stereo-microscope -- 3.2 Examination of thin sections with the petrological microscope -- 3.3 The construction and use of the petrological microscope -- 3.4 Properties of minerals determined with the petrological microscope -- 4 Properties of minerals in thin sections -- 4.1 Allophane -- 4.2 Amphiboles -- 4.3 Anatase -- 4.4 Antigorite-chrysotile -- 4.5 Apatite -- 4.6 Augite -- 4.7 Biotite -- 4.8 Calcite -- 4.9 Chalcedony -- 4.10 Chlorite -- 4.11 Clinozoisite -- 4.12 Diopside -- 4.13 Enstatite -- 4.14 Epidote -- 4.15 Feldspars -- 4.16 Ferric hydroxide -- 4.17 Garnet -- 4.18 Gibbsite -- 4.19 Goethite -- 4.20 Gypsum -- 4.21 Halite -- 4.22 Halloysite and metahalloysite -- 4.23 Hematite -- 4.24 Hornblende -- 4.25 Hypersthene -- 4.26 Ice -- 4.27 Iddingsite -- 4.28 Ilmenite -- 4.29 Jarosite -- 4.30 Kaolinite -- 4.31 Lepidocrocite -- 4.32 Magnetite -- 4.33 Manganese dioxide -- 4.34 Microcline -- 4.35 Montmorillonite -- 4.36 Muscovite -- 4.37 Olivine -- 4.38 Opal -- 4.39 Orthoclase -- 4.40 Plagioclases -- 4.41 Pyrite -- 4.42 Quartz -- 4.43 Rutile -- 4.44 Serpentine -- 4.45 Siderite -- 4.46 Titanite -- 4.47 Tourmaline -- 4.48 Tremolite - actinolite -- 4.49 Vermiculite -- 4.50 Volcanic glass -- 4.51 Zircon -- 5 Properties applicable to most features seen in thin sections -- 5.1 Colour -- 5.2 Frequency -- 5.3 Prominence -- 5.4 Size -- 5.5 Shape -- 5.6 Roundness and sphericity -- 5.7 Surface characteristics -- 5.8 Boundaries -- 5.9 Distribution pattern -- 5.10 Relationships with other features -- 5.11 Orientation -- 6 Fabric, structure and matrix -- 6.1 Fabric and structure -- 6.2 Matrix -- 6.3 Conclusions -- 7 Features present in thin sections -- 7.1 Fabric -- 7.2 Structure and pores -- 7.3 Passages-faunal and root -- 7.4 Faecal material -- 7.5 Organic materials -- 7.6 Rock fragments -- 7.7 Detrital grains -- 7.8 Particle size distribution -- 7.9 Fine material -- 7.10 Coatings -- 7.11 Clay plugs -- 7.12 Surface residues -- 7.13 Impregnated surfaces -- 7.14 Anisotropic surfaces - false coatings -- 7.15 Subsurface organizations and accumulations -- 7.16 Secondary mineral material -- 7.17 Amorphous and microcrystalline material -- 7.18 Segregations and concretions -- 7.19 Weathering features and products -- 7.20 Microorganisms -- 7.21 Soil erratics -- 7.22 Infillings and intergrowths -- 7.23 Other features -- 7.24 Features observed in polished blocks -- 8 Description of thin sections and polished blocks -- 8.1 Homogeneity and heterogeneity -- 8.2 Recognition of individuals -- 8.3 Recognition of patterns -- 8.4 Description of individuals and patterns -- 8.5 Quantification -- 8.6 Interpretation -- 8.7 Description of thin sections -- 8.8 Description of polished blocks -- 8.9 Reminder data of properties -- 8.10 Reminder data of features -- 9 Teaching micromorphology -- 9.1 Introductory course in thin section morphology -- 9.2 Advanced course in thin section morphology -- 9.3 Exercises -- 10 Photography -- 10.1 Photographing the whole specimen using transmitted light -- 10.2 Photographing the whole specimen using ultraviolet light -- 10.3 Photomicrography -- 10.4 Photography for pore identification -- 11 Ancillary techniques -- 11.1 Electron analyses -- 11.2 X-ray analysis of thin sections -- 11.3 Ion thinning -- 11.4 Low temperature ashing -- 11.5 Image analysis -- 11.6 Three-dimensional analysis -- 11.7 Polarization-interference contrast examinations -- 11.8 Phase contrast -- 11.9 Fluorescence -- 11.10 Staining feldspars -- 11.11 Staining carbonates -- 11.12 Staining clay minerals -- 11.13 Staining microorganisms -- 11.14 Preparation of acetate peels -- 11.15 Removal of iron oxides from thin sections -- 11.16 Autoradiographs of impregnated blocks and thin sections -- 12 Applications -- 12.1 Agriculture -- 12.2 Archeology -- 12.3 Engineering -- 12.4 Geomorphology -- 12.5 Paleoclimatology -- 12.6 Pedology and paleopedology -- 12.7 Soil microbiology -- 12.8 Soil zoology -- 13 The micromorphology of soils -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400956162
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Joint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint — End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint — Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape — Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding — Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The intention of this book is that it should contain everything an engineer needs to know to be able to design and produce adhesively bonded joints which are required to carry significant loads. The advan­ tages and disadvantages of bonding are given, together with a sufficient understanding of the necessary mechanics and chemistry to enable the designer to make a sound engineering judgement in any particular case. The stresses in joints are discussed extensively so that the engineer can get sufficient philosophy or feel for them, or can delve more deeply into the mathematics to obtain quantitative solutions even with elasto­ plastic behaviour. A critical description is given of standard methods of testing adhesives, both destructively and non-destructively. The essen­ tial chemistry of adhesives and the importance of surface preparation are described and guidance is given for adhesive selection by me ans of check lists. For many applications, there will not be a unique adhesive which alone is suitable, and factors such as cost, convenience, produc­ tion considerations or familiarity may be decisive. A list of applications is given as examples. The authors wish to increase the confidence of engineers using adhesive bonding in load-bearing applications by the information and experience presented. With increasing experience of adhesives en­ gineering, design will become more elegant as weH as more fitted to its products.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionJoint Configurations: Lap-shear Joints, Butt Joints, Fillets. Metals and Other Constructional Materials. The Decision to Use Adhesive Bonding. The Balance of Advantages and Disadvantages -- 2. The Nature And Magnitude of Stresses In Adhesive Joints -- Introduction: Reality, Methods of Mathematical Analysis. The Single Lap Joint: Linear Elastic Analysis, Volkersen’s Analysis, The Analysis of Goland and Reissner, Effect of Bending in a Double-lap Joint, Volkersen’s Second Theory, Later Work. The Single-lap Joint - End Effects: Reduction of Stress Concentrations. The Single-lap Joint - Elasto-plastic Analysis. The Effect of Adherend Shape - Scarfed, Bevelled and Stepped Adherends. Composite Materials. Tubular Joints. Butt Joints. The Use of Joints in Design: Lap Joints, Tubular Joints, T-joints, Corner Joints, Butt Joints, Stiffeners, Doublers, Assembly -- 3. Standard Mechanical Test Procedures -- Destructive Testing: Tests with Thin Sheet Adherends, Tests for Properties of Adhesives. Nondestructive Testing: Nature of Defects, Tests Carried Out Before Bonding, Post-bonding and In-service Testing -- 4. The General Properties of Polymeric Adhesives -- Polymer Structures: Unsaturation. Mixed Adhesives. Properties and Temperature: The Glass Transition Temperature, Decomposition Temperature, Melting Temperature, The Deformation of Adhesive Polymers by Stress, Viscoelasticity, The Modulus of an Adhesive, Poisson’s Ratio, Strength Properties of Adhesive Polymers, Yielding Stresses of Polymers, Failure Modes After Yielding, Creep, Failure without Yielding - Brittle Fracture, Crazing, Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Resistance to Deterioration -- 5. Factors Influencing The Choice of Adhesive -- Interaction with Substrate. Structural Adhesives for Metals: Check-list for Structural Metal Adhesives Used at Temperatures up to 70°C, The Advantage of Supported Filmic Adhesives (Tapes’), Unsupported Films, Liquids and Pastes, Influence of Metal of Adherend, High Temperature Metal-Metal Adhesion. Structural Adhesives for Wood: Check-list for the Use of Structural Wood Adhesives. Structural Adhesives for Mixed Constructions: Metal-Wood Structures, Metal-reinforced Plastics Structures. Choice of Adhesives for Semi-structural Use: Checklist for Adhesives for Semi-structural Use -- 6. Surface Preparation -- Metals. Wood. Concrete. Glass or Carbon-fibre Reinforced Plastics. Shot, Sand or Grit Blasting. Solvent Degreasing or Wiping. Chemical Etching: Aluminium, Ferrous Metals, Titanium, Other Metals. Priming Layers: Primers as Coupling Agents -- 7. Service Life -- The Creep of Adhesive Joints. Time-to-failure (Under Static Loading). Cycles-to-failure: Influence of Temperature, Influence of Test Frequency, Influence of Amplitude, Influence of Moisture. Effects of Temperature Change on Joint Strength. Service Life as Indicated by Climatic Exposure Trials -- 8. Applications -- Aircraft, Anchorages. Bridges. Carriages. Cars. Decking. Furniture. Glass Reinforced Plastics. Helicopters. Helicopter Blades. Hovercraft. Lamp Posts. Magnets. PABST. Rollers. Segmental Construction. Ski Constructions. Telephone Kiosks. Yachts -- References -- Appendix: Standard American and UK Specifications for -- Adhesion Tests -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160537
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Medium and the Market — An Overview -- 1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    Abstract: Modern technology began in the 1950's and 1960's, with the devel­ opment of transistor technology. At first it was useful in improving the performance of voice communications. But then it made possible extraordinary computer capability in manageable size-and at man­ ageable cost. First came large mainframe computers for only the largest companies; and later the microcomputer as we know it today. The increasing use of computers, in the 1960's with their ability to manipulate and store vast quantities of information, stimulated the need for computers to communicate with one another and so tele­ phone circuits had to be segregated and conditioned specifically for computer traffic, using the modem. Computers ushered in a new era of business communications in which data could be developed, ma­ nipulated, stored or transmitted with remarkable ease. The recent pace of technological advancement has been breath­ taking and, today, the distinction between communications and computers is no longer even necessary. Computers, at the very core of communications networks, route and control communications on major common carriers. The decade of the 1980's is bearing the fruits of the marriage of computers and communications. For the first time networks are en­ abling organizations to utilize the combined processing power of computers and communications equipment.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Medium and the Market - An Overview1.1 A Telecommunications Overview -- 1.2 Understanding the Basics -- 1.3 A Bright Future with Fiber Optics -- 1.4 A View from the Business Side -- 2. Modems and Multiplexers -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Role of Modems -- 2.3 Modem Applications -- 2.4 Industry Standards -- 2.5 Modem Features -- 2.6 Multiplexing Reduces Communications Cost -- 2.7 Multiplexer Technology -- 2.8 Statistical Multiplexer -- 3. Protocols and Codes -- 3.1 What is a Protocol? -- 3.2 Protocol Hierarchy -- 3.3 Physical Electrical Interface -- 3.4 Link Control Structure -- 3.5 Bisync Protocol -- 3.6 HDLC Protocol -- 3.7 SDLC Overview -- 3.8 System Network Architecture (SNA) -- 3.9 Polling Explained -- 3.10 Transmission Codes -- 3.11 Code and Speed Converters -- 3.12 Treatment of Errors -- 3.13 Front-End Processors -- 4. Terminal Technology -- 4.1 CRT Display Terminals -- 4.2 Printing Technologies -- 4.3 Graphic Terminals -- 4.4 Facsimile Technology -- 4.5 Integrated Workstations -- 5. Network Management -- 5.1 Network Control Design Considerations -- 5.2 Elementary Monitoring -- 5.3 Redundancy and Compatability -- 5.4 Network Testing -- 5.5 Centralized Troubleshooting -- 5.6 Network Control Center -- 5.7 Specialized Test Equipment -- 5.8 Network Security -- 6. Network Structures -- 6.1 Topology Tradeoffs -- 6.2 Local Area Networks -- 6.3 Distributed Communications -- 6.4 Message Switching Networks -- 6.5 Integrated Voice and Data -- 6.6 Shared Resources -- 6.7 Packet Switching Networks -- 6.8 Network Design Considerations -- 7. Satellite and Carrier Services -- 7.1 Satellite Overview -- 7.2 Selecting a Transmission Method -- 7.3 Facsimile Services -- Glossary of Terms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164481
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fifth edition thoroughly revised
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Germanic languages
    Abstract: The Dutch language -- 1 Pronunciation -- Front,7bunded, front-rounded vowels -- The vowels -- The diphthongs -- The consonants -- Assimilation -- Stress -- 2 Spelling -- Spelling rules: closed syllable and open syllable -- The relationship of f to v and of s to z in certain words -- The n of the common ending -en -- Making the spelling adjustments -- 3 The plural -- The plural-en -- The plural-s -- Other plurals -- 4 Articles and demonstratives -- The definite article -- The word for this -- The word for that -- The demonstrative adjectives -- The indefinite article -- 5 Personal pronouns; the verb -- The subject forms -- Use of pronouns -- Present tense -- Spelling -- Yes-no-question -- 6 The verb; Hebben and zijn. Imperative -- Verbs with stems ending in -t or -d -- The verbs: gaan, staan, doen, slaan, zien -- The verb: komen -- The verbs: hebben and zijn -- The imperative -- 7 Reading selections. The place of the verb -- Amsterdam -- 8 The adjective. The adverb. Comparison -- Adjective ending in -e -- Adjective without ending -- Een + adjective + noun referring to male -- Linker- and rechter- -- Adverbs -- Comparison of adjectives and adverbs -- The superlative used as an adverb -- Adjectives ending in -s -- 9 Object pronouns. Reflexives -- The object forms of the personal pronouns -- The subject or object pronoun die -- A sentence with two objects: direct and indirect -- The reflexive pronouns -- Use of prepositions -- 10 Possessive adjectives -- The possessive adjectives -- Adjective ending after possessive -- The possessive pronouns -- The van construction -- The z’n/d’ r-construction -- 11 Numbers and dates. Currency and measurement -- The numbers -- The ordinal numbers -- Dates -- Units of currency and measures -- 12 Reading selections -- Nederland -- Zuid-Holland -- Voorjaar door Mies Bouhuys -- 13 The past tense (‘weak’ verbs) -- The past tense of weak verbs -- The past participle -- The perfect tense -- 14 The past tense (’strong’ verbs) -- The past tense of strong verbs -- Vowel changes in the stem -- Conjugation with hebten or zijn -- The past participle without ge- -- 15 Some irregular verbs. The past perfect tense -- Some irregular verbs -- The past perfect tense -- Use of tenses -- 16 Modal auxiliaries. Verb plus infinitive -- Modal auxiliaries -- The construction: mogen van, moeten van and niet hoeven van -- Independent use of the modals -- The verb laten -- Other verbs used in association with an infinitive -- 17 The future. The present participle and the infinitive -- The verb zullen -- The verb gaan -- Present-tense form for future -- The present participle -- Progressive aspect -- The infinitive -- 18 Review and reading -- Spoken language versus written language -- 19 Separable prefixes -- Stressed separable prefixes -- Stressed inseparable prefixes -- Inseparable prefixes -- 20 Conjunctions, relative pronouns -- Coordinating conjunctions -- Subordinating conjunctions: word order -- Subordinating conjunctions: meanings -- Relative pronouns -- 21 Word order: the places in the sentence -- Second place in the sentence -- First place in the sentence -- Last place in the sentence -- The negating adverb niet -- 22 The word ER. Prepositional compounds -- er + preposition -- Other functions of er -- 23 Diminutives -- The forms of the diminutives -- Use of the diminutive -- 24 The passive voice -- The passive construction -- Er and the passive sentence -- Active construction with men or je -- 25 Reading selections -- Geschiedenis -- Prinsjesdag -- De Kroon en het Parlement -- Verzuiling -- 26 Telling time -- Hour and half-hour -- Adverbs of time -- 27 Idiomatic usages of some common verbs -- Gaan -- Blijven -- Aan’ t…zijn and bezig zijn te -- Liggen, zitten, staan -- Kennen and weten -- Leven and wonen -- Verstaan and begrijpen -- Betekenen and bedoelen -- Onthouden and zich herinneren -- Vallen, opvallen, meevallen and tegenvallen -- Hebben -- 28 Word formation and derivation -- Compounding -- Derivation by suffixes -- Stress shift in derivation -- 29 Three stories -- Het kopje koffie -- Gezichten -- Regenboog -- A list of the most useful strong and irregular verbs -- English translations of the practice sentences -- Dutch-English vocabulary -- Photo-credit -- Text-credit.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Dutch language1 Pronunciation -- Front,7bunded, front-rounded vowels -- The vowels -- The diphthongs -- The consonants -- Assimilation -- Stress -- 2 Spelling -- Spelling rules: closed syllable and open syllable -- The relationship of f to v and of s to z in certain words -- The n of the common ending -en -- Making the spelling adjustments -- 3 The plural -- The plural-en -- The plural-s -- Other plurals -- 4 Articles and demonstratives -- The definite article -- The word for this -- The word for that -- The demonstrative adjectives -- The indefinite article -- 5 Personal pronouns; the verb -- The subject forms -- Use of pronouns -- Present tense -- Spelling -- Yes-no-question -- 6 The verb; Hebben and zijn. Imperative -- Verbs with stems ending in -t or -d -- The verbs: gaan, staan, doen, slaan, zien -- The verb: komen -- The verbs: hebben and zijn -- The imperative -- 7 Reading selections. The place of the verb -- Amsterdam -- 8 The adjective. The adverb. Comparison -- Adjective ending in -e -- Adjective without ending -- Een + adjective + noun referring to male -- Linker- and rechter- -- Adverbs -- Comparison of adjectives and adverbs -- The superlative used as an adverb -- Adjectives ending in -s -- 9 Object pronouns. Reflexives -- The object forms of the personal pronouns -- The subject or object pronoun die -- A sentence with two objects: direct and indirect -- The reflexive pronouns -- Use of prepositions -- 10 Possessive adjectives -- The possessive adjectives -- Adjective ending after possessive -- The possessive pronouns -- The van construction -- The z’n/d’ r-construction -- 11 Numbers and dates. Currency and measurement -- The numbers -- The ordinal numbers -- Dates -- Units of currency and measures -- 12 Reading selections -- Nederland -- Zuid-Holland -- Voorjaar door Mies Bouhuys -- 13 The past tense (‘weak’ verbs) -- The past tense of weak verbs -- The past participle -- The perfect tense -- 14 The past tense (’strong’ verbs) -- The past tense of strong verbs -- Vowel changes in the stem -- Conjugation with hebten or zijn -- The past participle without ge- -- 15 Some irregular verbs. The past perfect tense -- Some irregular verbs -- The past perfect tense -- Use of tenses -- 16 Modal auxiliaries. Verb plus infinitive -- Modal auxiliaries -- The construction: mogen van, moeten van and niet hoeven van -- Independent use of the modals -- The verb laten -- Other verbs used in association with an infinitive -- 17 The future. The present participle and the infinitive -- The verb zullen -- The verb gaan -- Present-tense form for future -- The present participle -- Progressive aspect -- The infinitive -- 18 Review and reading -- Spoken language versus written language -- 19 Separable prefixes -- Stressed separable prefixes -- Stressed inseparable prefixes -- Inseparable prefixes -- 20 Conjunctions, relative pronouns -- Coordinating conjunctions -- Subordinating conjunctions: word order -- Subordinating conjunctions: meanings -- Relative pronouns -- 21 Word order: the places in the sentence -- Second place in the sentence -- First place in the sentence -- Last place in the sentence -- The negating adverb niet -- 22 The word ER. Prepositional compounds -- er + preposition -- Other functions of er -- 23 Diminutives -- The forms of the diminutives -- Use of the diminutive -- 24 The passive voice -- The passive construction -- Er and the passive sentence -- Active construction with men or je -- 25 Reading selections -- Geschiedenis -- Prinsjesdag -- De Kroon en het Parlement -- Verzuiling -- 26 Telling time -- Hour and half-hour -- Adverbs of time -- 27 Idiomatic usages of some common verbs -- Gaan -- Blijven -- Aan’ t…zijn and bezig zijn te -- Liggen, zitten, staan -- Kennen and weten -- Leven and wonen -- Verstaan and begrijpen -- Betekenen and bedoelen -- Onthouden and zich herinneren -- Vallen, opvallen, meevallen and tegenvallen -- Hebben -- 28 Word formation and derivation -- Compounding -- Derivation by suffixes -- Stress shift in derivation -- 29 Three stories -- Het kopje koffie -- Gezichten -- Regenboog -- A list of the most useful strong and irregular verbs -- English translations of the practice sentences -- Dutch-English vocabulary -- Photo-credit -- Text-credit.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511810
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Developments in International Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; Private international law. ; Conflict of laws. ; International law. ; Comparative law.
    Abstract: I: The Evolution of the Doctrine of State Immunity -- 1 — Historical Background -- 2 — Emergence of a Specific Rule of State Immunity -- 3 — The Transition to Restricted Immunity in Major Absolute Immunity Jurisdictions -- 4 — Proposed Criteria for the Distinction between Public Acts and Private Acts of the Foreign State -- II: The Doctrine of State Immunity: A Critical View -- 1 — Some Theoretical Considerations -- 2 — Inferences Regarding State Immunity -- 3 — Common Ground between “Absolutists” and “Restrictionists” -- 4 — Immunity from Execution -- III: The Seven Recent Instruments: Common Features and Distinctive Provisions -- 1 — Immunity From Suit -- 2 — Immunity From Execution -- 3 — The Current State of the Law -- 4 — The Work of Learned Bodies -- Conclusions -- Notes -- Appendices -- Subject and Name Index -- Cases Cited.
    Abstract: Ours is a world in which the volume of the external trade of the vast majority of nations has greatly expanded and continues to be on the rise. Transnational intercourse of all kinds is now a feature of an interdependent world economy in which no nation can afford to stand aloof from a market-place which has assumed global dimensions. It is also a world where many nations, and not only of the Socialist bloc, conduct some of their transnational business themselves, or else they entrust it to state-owned cor­ porations and to agencies of the state. In these circumstances it becomes of prime importance to know whether a foreign state or an agency or instrumentality thereof can be sued before the local courts and, if so, whether the final judgement obtained can be enforced against the funds or property of the judgement debtor. The question of the immunity of states from suit and from execution is thus one of direct practical relevance not only to the legal profession but also to governments and the business and banking communities all over the world. The economic effects of a particular legal stand on state immunity are obvious. The position of national courts on state immunity can either attract more business or discourage further dealings with foreign states or their agencies. It can thus affect the balance of payments and, in general, the role the country plays in the world market.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: The Evolution of the Doctrine of State Immunity1 - Historical Background -- 2 - Emergence of a Specific Rule of State Immunity -- 3 - The Transition to Restricted Immunity in Major Absolute Immunity Jurisdictions -- 4 - Proposed Criteria for the Distinction between Public Acts and Private Acts of the Foreign State -- II: The Doctrine of State Immunity: A Critical View -- 1 - Some Theoretical Considerations -- 2 - Inferences Regarding State Immunity -- 3 - Common Ground between “Absolutists” and “Restrictionists” -- 4 - Immunity from Execution -- III: The Seven Recent Instruments: Common Features and Distinctive Provisions -- 1 - Immunity From Suit -- 2 - Immunity From Execution -- 3 - The Current State of the Law -- 4 - The Work of Learned Bodies -- Conclusions -- Notes -- Appendices -- Subject and Name Index -- Cases Cited.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955424
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    Abstract: des Plantes (Hermann, Paris), and in 1935 by Lederer's Les Carotenoides des Animaux (Hermann, Paris). Since then a survey such as the present one has not appeared. In order to present a full picture, much of the pre-1934 work has been reconsidered and, as far as is known, every important contribution which has appeared since that date has been discussed. Two peripheral aspects ofthe subject have, however, been omitted, namely (a) the qualita­ tive and quantitative changes which the carotenoids of plant materials undergo in storage or during processing into food and (b) the carotene (pro-vitamin A) requirements of different animal species; it was felt that the former, about which a great deal has been written, was too technological to be suitable for inclusion in the present volume, whilst the latter is more suitable for a monograph on vitamin A. The very wide distribution of the carotenoids in Nature suggests that, in spite of the superficially diverse functions ascribed to them in different living tissues, there may be some factor or property through which all these functions will eventually be correlated; any suggestion as to the nature of this common property can perhaps come most readily from a comparative approach. Apart from critically surveying the literature this book has been constructed so as to focus attention on comparative data and their possible implications.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Carotenoid-Protein Complexes1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Carotenolipo (glyco) proteins -- 1.3 Carotenoproteins -- 1.4 Nature of bonding of pigments to apoproteins -- 1.5 References -- 2. Porifera -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Nature and distribution -- 2.3 Source of sponge carotenoids -- 2.4 Chemosystematics of sponge carotenoids -- 2.5 References -- 3. Coelenterates -- 3.1 Class Hydrozoa -- 3.2 Class Scyphozoa -- 3.3 Class Anthozoa -- 3.4 References -- 4. Echinodermata, Annelida, Sipunculida, Priapulida, Platyhelminthes and Bryozoa -- 4.1 Echinodermata -- 4.2 Annelida -- 4.3 Sipunculida -- 4.4 Priapulida -- 4.5 Platyhelminthes -- 4.6 Bryozoa -- 4.7 Formation and metabolism -- 4.8 References -- 5. Mollusca -- 5.1 Pelecypoda (Bivalvia, Lamellibranchia, Acephala) -- 5.2 Gastropoda -- 5.3 Amphineura -- 5.4 Cephalopoda -- 5.5 Function of carotenoids -- 5.6 References -- 6. Crustacea -- 6.1 Nature and distribution -- 6.2 Localization -- 6.3 Metabolism -- 6.4 Hormonal control of pigmentation -- 6.5 Sexual dimorphism -- 6.6 Colour variants -- 6.7 Environmental and ecological considerations -- 6.8 Crowding -- 6.9 Parasitization -- 6.10 Function -- 6.11 References -- 7. Arachnids and Insects -- 7.1 Arachnida -- 7.2 Insecta -- 7.3 Function -- 7.4 References -- 8. Tunicates and Fish -- 8.1 Tunicates -- 8.2 Fish -- 8.3 References -- 9. Amphibia and Reptiles -- 9.1 Amphibia -- 9.2 Reptiles -- 9.3 References -- 10. Birds -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Distribution -- 10.3 Formation -- 10.4 Metabolism -- 10.5 Function -- 10.6 Coloration of poultry foods -- 10.7 References -- 11. Mammals -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Carotenoid accumulators -- 11.3 Non-accumulators -- 11.4 Conversion of carotenoids into Vitamin A -- 11.5 References -- General Index -- Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401577014
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 182 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The nature of viruses -- 2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The nature of viruses2 Exposure to viruses and some consequences -- 3 Viruses associated with invertebrates -- 4 Viruses and the terrestrial environment -- 5 Viruses in aquatic environments -- 6 Strategies of virus maintenance in communities -- Conclusion -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401730488
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 484 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library, An International Series in the Philosophy and Methodology of the Social and Behavioral Sciences 40
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library 40
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Sociology—Methodology.
    Abstract: The quantitative revolution in geography has passed. The spirited debates of the past decades have, in one sense, been resolved by the inclusion of quantitative techniques into the typical geographer's set of methodological tools. A new decade is upon us. Throughout the quantitative revolution, geographers ransacked related disciplines and mathematics in order to find tools which might be applicable to problems of a spatial nature. The early success of Berry and Marble's Spatial Analysis and Garrison and Marble's volumes on Quantitative Geog­ raphy is testimony to their accomplished search. New developments often depend heavily on borrowed ideas. It is only after these developments have been established that the necessary groundwork for true innovation ob­ tains. In the last decade, geographers significantly -augmented their methodologi­ cal base by developing quantitative techniques which are specifically directed towards analysis of explicitly spatial problems. It should be pointed out, however, that the explicit incorporation of space into quantitative techniques has not been the sole domain of geographers. Mathematicians, geologists, meteorologists, economists, and regional scientists have shared the geo­ grapher's interest in the spatial component of their analytical tools.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955486
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 218 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    Abstract: This practical manual is devised for organic chemists and biochemists who, in the course of their researches and without previous experience, need to determine an ionization constant. We are gratified that earlier editions were much used for this purpose and that they also proved adequate for the in­ service training of technicians and technical officers to provide a Department with a pK service. The features of previous editions that gave this wide appeal have been retained, but the subject matter has been revised, extended, and brought up to date. We present two new chapters, one of which describes the determination of the stability constants of the complexes which organic ligands form with metal cations. The other describes the use of more recently introduced techniques for the determination of ionization constants, such as Raman and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, thermometric titrations, and paper electro­ phoresis. Chapter 1 gives enhanced help in choosing between alternative methods for determining ionization constants. The two chapters on potentiometric methods have been extensively revised in the light of newer understanding of electrode processes and of the present state of the art in instrumen tation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 What is meant by ‘ionization constants’? -- 1.2 Why do we determine ionization constants? -- 1.3 Brief summary of the chemistry of ionization -- 1.4 The nature of pKa values -- 1.5 The shape of a titration curve -- 1.6 Methods commonly used for determining ionization constants -- 1.7 What degree of precision is required? -- 1.8 The effect of temperature on ionization constants -- 1.9 Molality and molarity -- 2 Determination of Ionization Constants by Potentiometrie Titration using a Glass Electrode -- 2.1 Apparatus for general use -- 2.2 Preparation of solutions -- 2.3 Choice of concentration for the titration -- 2.4 Details of the titration method -- 2.5 Derivation and choice of equations for calculating pKa -- 2.6 Some typical titrations (worked examples) -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy. Checking the precision obtained -- 2.8 Common sources of error, and their elimination -- 2.9False constants -- 2.10 Partly aqueous solvents -- 3 Refinements of Potentiometrie Titration: Apparatus and Calculations -- A Apparatus -- 3.1 Semi-micro titrations -- 3.2 Micro titrations -- 3.3 The rapid-flow method -- 3.4 The hydrogen electrode -- B Calculations -- 3.5 Monofunctional acids and bases -- 3.6 Method of calculation -- 3.7 Diacidic bases, dibasic acids and ampholytes -- 3.8 Overlapping ionization processes -- 3.9 Polyelectrolytes -- 3.10 Accuracy of the potentiometric method -- 3.11 Non-aqueous solvents -- 4 Determination of Ionization Constants by Spectrophotometry -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Apparatus -- 4.3 Buffers -- 4.4 Acidity functions -- 4.5 Preparation of the stock solution of the unknown -- 4.6 The search for the spectra of two pure ionic species -- 4.7 The choice of an analytical wavelength -- 4.8 Preliminary search for an approximate value of pKa -- 4.9 Exact determination of pKa -- 4.10 Worked examples -- 4.11 Activity corrections -- 4.12 Extensions of the spectrometric method -- (a)The pKa of a very weak acid (graphical treatment) -- (b)Overlapping pKa values -- (c)Computer program for overlapping values -- 4.13 Errors, precision and accuracy -- 4.14 Common sources of error -- 4.15 Spectrophotometric determination of the pKa of a substance that lacks an absorption spectrum -- 4.16 A rapid method for the approximate measurement of pKa -- 5 Relations between Ionization and Solubility. Determination of Ionization Constants by Phase Equilibria -- 5.1 Ionization constants in preparative work -- 5.2 Prediction of solubility from ionization constants -- 5.3 Determination of ionization constants from solubilities -- 5.4 Determination of ionization constants from vapour pressure, by partitioning between a pair of solvents, or by other phase equilibria -- 6 Determination of Ionization Constants by Conductimetry -- 6.1 Scope of the method -- 6.2 Apparatus -- 6.3 Procedure -- 6.4 Refinements of calculation -- 7 Some Other Methods for the Determination of Ionization Constants -- 7.1 Raman spectrometry -- 7.2 Proton nuclear magnetic resonance -- 7.3 Nuclear magnetic resonance using other atoms -- 7.4 Thermometric methods -- 8 Zwitterions (Dipolar Ions) -- 8.1 Zwitterions compared to ordinary amphoteric substances -- 8.2 How to distinguish zwitterions from ordinary ampholytes -- 8.3 Zwitterionic equilibria: macroscopic and microscopic constants -- 9 The Ionization Constants of Typical Acids and Bases -- A Organic Section -- 9.1 The oxygen acids (monobasic) -- (a) Aliphatic carboxylic acids -- (b) Aromatic carboxylic acids -- (c) Aliphatic hydroxylie acids -- (d) Aromatic hydroxylie acids (phenols) -- (e) Other oxygen acids -- 9.2 The oxygen acids (dibasic) -- 9.3 Sulphur acids, nitrogen acids and carbon acids -- (a) Mercaptans -- (b) Nitrogen acids -- (c) Carbon acids -- 9.4 The nitrogen bases (monoacidic) -- (a) Aliphatic bases -- (b) Aromatic and heteroaromatic bases -- 9.5 The nitrogen bases (diacidic) -- 9.6 Carbinolamine bases -- 9.7 Oxygen bases and carbon bases -- 9.8 Amphoteric substances -- B Inorganic Section -- 9.9 Inorganic acids -- 9.10 Inorganic bases 164 -- C Biologically-Active Substances -- 10 Chelation and the Stability Constants of Metal Complexes -- 10.1 The nature of chelation -- 10.2 Methods of calculation -- 10.3 Choice of ionic medium and the preparation of standard solutions -- 10.4 Measurement of pH and the calculation of pCH -- 10.5 Common difficulties and how they can be overcome -- 11 Appendices -- I An outline of the Brønsted-Lowry Theory -- II Comparison of classical and thermodynamic quantities -- III Calculations of hydrogen ion activity and concentration: also of hydroxyl ion activity and concentration -- IV Some effects of temperature on ionization constants -- V How percentage ionized may be calculated, given pKa and pH -- VI An outline of the theory of pH -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955769
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Signals, systems and communications -- Communication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    Abstract: This book provides a first introduction to the subject of telecommunications suit­ able for first and second year undergraduates following degree or similar courses in electronic engineering. There are very few specific prerequisites other than a general background in electric circuit principles and a level of mathematical maturity consistent with entry to engineering courses in British universities. The intention is to provide a broad perspective of modern telecommunication principles and applications. Following a general overview of telecommunications, a thorough, albeit introductory, treatment is provided of underlying principles such as signal representation and analysis, sampling, analogue and digital trans­ of several mission, modulation and coding. The book concludes with a description important systems applications which serve as case studies to illustrate further the principles introduced and demonstrate their application in a practical context. Many people have contributed, directly and indirectly, to this book. I am espe­ cially grateful to Professor Kel Fidler of the Open University for suggesting that I write the book and for the support and guidance he has provided throughout the endeavour. The Telecommunications Research Group of the Department of Elec­ trical Engineering Science at the University of Essex has provided a stimulating environment in which to develop my appreciation of telecommunication systems and in particular Professor Ken Cattermole has influenced my thinking greatly.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Signals, systems and communicationsCommunication signals -- Communication channels -- Communication Networks -- Telecommunications Worldwide -- 2 Signal representation and analysis -- The time domain -- The frequency domain -- Fourier series analysis -- Frequency domain representation of aperiodic signals -- Fourier transforms -- Frequency domain representation for signals of arbitrary waveshape -- Amplitude distribution of signals -- 3 Sinusoidal carrier modulation -- Amplitude modulation -- Angle modulation -- Frequency division multiplexing -- 4 Radio receiver principles -- Tuned radio frequency (TRF) receiver -- Superheterodyne (superhet) receivers -- 5 Pulse modulation systems -- Pulse amplitude modulation -- Other pulse modulation schemes -- Time division multiplexing -- 6 Pulse code modulation -- Quantization -- Sampling and pulse encoding -- Non-uniform quantization -- Differential pulse code modulation -- PCM-TDM telephony -- 7 Digital communications -- Digital transmission -- The eye diagram -- Signal design -- Error probability -- Coding for digital transmission -- Digital modulation -- 8 Systems case studies -- Broadcast FM radio -- Television systems -- Videotex systems -- Appendix: Decibels -- Answers to Numerical Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789401537261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 580 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Sociology.
    Abstract: I / Design -- 1. Purpose of the Study -- 2. The Concept of Happiness -- 3. Indicators of Happiness -- 4. Searching Empirical Happiness Studies -- 5. Presenting the Findings -- II / Excerpts -- III / Correlates -- IV / Public Happiness -- Appendix A Technical Terms Used in the Excerpts -- Appendix B Measures of Association Used in One or More of the Studies -- Appendix C Test Statistics Used in One or More of the Studies -- References -- Author Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: I / Design1. Purpose of the Study -- 2. The Concept of Happiness -- 3. Indicators of Happiness -- 4. Searching Empirical Happiness Studies -- 5. Presenting the Findings -- II / Excerpts -- III / Correlates -- IV / Public Happiness -- Appendix A Technical Terms Used in the Excerpts -- Appendix B Measures of Association Used in One or More of the Studies -- Appendix C Test Statistics Used in One or More of the Studies -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: of the bookPrimates as an order -- 1 Social Ecology -- Functional questions -- Evolutionary social ecology -- Proximate social ecology -- Interspecies correlations -- Food -- Primates as prey -- Primates as predators -- Intraspecies social behaviour and ecology -- Ecological variables and social development -- Behaviour in captivity -- 2 Behavioural Responses to Change-Natural Events I -- Behaviour associated with birth -- When and where birth takes place -- The social context in which birth occurs -- Responses to new infants - caregiving activities -- Allomaternal behaviour -- Male interactions with infants -- Orphans -- Responses to dead infants -- Infants and the reproductive success of their mothers -- Kidnapping -- Infant use in intermale encounters -- Infanticide -- 3 Behavioural Responses to Change-Natural Events II -- Peripheralization -- Isolation -- Intertroop movement -- The formation of new social units -- Troop fission -- The formation of new social units in captivity -- Experiments in social discrimination -- Introducing strange individuals into established social units -- Reintroduction of individuals into their social units -- The removal of individuals from established social units -- Responses to dead individuals -- Social differentiation of kin -- 4 Behavioural Responsiveness - Experimental Studies -- Responsiveness to new situations -- Responsiveness and life strategies -- Feeding strategies -- Responses to danger -- The influence of social context -- 5 Assessments of Cognitive Capacity -- Neurological correlates -- Behavioural correlates -- Self-awareness -- Language -- Piagetian techniques -- The use of tools -- Evolutionary hypotheses -- 6 Socially Mediated Learning -- Evidence for social traditions -- The question of culture -- Mediating influences -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955622
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Theoretical -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    Abstract: The rapid growth of interest in powders and their surface properties in many diverse industries prompted the writing of this book for those who have the need to make meaningful measurements without the benefit of years of experience. It is intended as an introduction to some of the elementary theory and experimental methods used to study the surface area, porosity and density of powders. It may be found useful by those with little or no training in solid surfaces who have the need to quickly learn the rudiments of surface area, density and pore-size measurements. Syosset, New York S. Lowell May, 1983 J. E. Shields Xl List of symbols Use of symbols for purposes other than those indicated in the following list are so defined in the text. Some symbols not shown in this list are defined in the text. d adsorbate cross-sectional area A area; condensation coefficient; collision frequency C BET constant c concentration D diameter; coefficient of thermal diffusion E adsorption potential f permeability aspect factor F flow rate; force; feed rate 9 gravitational constant G Gibbs free energy GS free surface energy h heat of immersion per unit area; height H enthalpy Hi heat of immersion Hsv heat of adsorption BET intercept; filament current k thermal conductivity; specific reaction rate K Harkins-Jura constant I length L heat of liquefaction M mass M molecular weight n number of moles N number of molecules; number of particles N Avagadro's number .
    Description / Table of Contents: I Theoretical1 Introduction -- 2 Gas adsorption -- 3 Adsorption isotherms -- 4 Langmuir and BET theories -- 5 The single point BET method -- 6 Adsorbate cross-sectional areas -- 7 Other surface area methods -- 8 Pore analysis by adsorption -- 9 Microporosity -- 10 Theory of wetting and capillarity for mercury porosimetry -- 11 Interpretation of mercury porosimetry data -- 12 Hysteresis, entrapment, and contact angle -- II Experimental -- 13 Adsorption measurements-Preliminaries -- 14 Vacuum volumetric measurements -- 15 Dynamic methods -- 16 Other flow methods -- 17 Gravimetric method -- 18 Comparison of experimental adsorption methods -- 19 Chemisorption -- 20 Mercury porosimetry -- 21 Density measurement -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction and definitions1.1 The community -- 1.2 Community structure -- 1.3 Species diversity -- 1.4 Trends in species richness -- 1.5 The problem restated -- 2 Niche theory -- 2.1 Development of the niche concept -- 2.2 Niche width -- 2.3 Niche overlap -- 2.4 Diffuse competition -- 2.5 Niche dynamics -- 2.6 The niche - a property of the species or the community? -- 2.7 Summary -- 3 Competition and the niche; the effect on niche width -- 3.1 Theoretical effects of competition on the species niche -- 3.2 Criteria for the identification of competition in the field -- 3.3 The natural effects of intraspecific competition -- 3.4 The natural effects of interspecific competition -- 3.5 Conclusion -- 4 Competition and the niche; limiting similarity and differential niche overlap -- 4.1 Limiting similarity - the theoretical approach -- 4.2 The degree of limiting similarity -- 4.3 Niche dimensionality and differential overlap -- 4.4 Conclusion -- 5 Predation and species diversity -- 5.1 Theoretical studies -- 5.2 Plant-herbivore interactions -- 5.3 Predator-prey interactions -- 5.4 Reduced community diversity through predation -- 5.5 Conclusion -- 6 Competition and predation; complementarity of the hypotheses -- 6.1 The controversy -- 6.2 Interactions between competition and predation -- 6.3 Classification scheme -- 6.4 Conclusion -- 7 Saturation of communities -- 7.1 True islands -- 7.2 Habitat islands -- 7.3 Host plant islands -- 7.4 Continental saturation -- 7.5 Conclusion -- 8 Species diversity trends - theories and hypotheses -- 8.1 Time -- 8.2 Environmental conditions -- 8.3 Biotic factors -- 8.4 Explanations of species diversity patterns in two specific examples -- 8.5 Conclusion -- 9 The relative abundance of species -- 9.1 Fisher’s series -- 9.2 Lognormal distribution -- 9.3 ‘Broken stick’ or random niche boundary hypothesis -- 9.4 Niche pre-emption or geometric series hypothesis -- 9.5 Conclusion -- 10 Community structure: the patterns and rules -- 10.1 Community patterns -- 10.2 Communities: random or structured species associations -- 10.3 Community rules -- 10.4 Expressions of community structure -- 10.5 Stability/diversity relationships -- 10.6 Concluding remarks -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 288 p) , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Methods of Plant Analysis1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Methods of extraction and isolation -- 1.3 Methods of separation -- 1.4 Methods of identification -- 1.5 Analysis of results -- 1.6 Applications -- 2 Phenolic Compounds -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Phenols and phenolic acids -- 2.3 Phenylpropanoids -- 2.4 Flavonoid pigments -- 2.5 Anthocyanins -- 2.6 Flavonols and flavones -- 2.7 Minor flavonoids, xanthones and stilbenes -- 2.8 Tannins -- 2.9 Quinone pigments -- 3 The Terpenoids -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Essential oils -- 3.3 Diterpenoids and gibberellins -- 3.4 Triterpenoids and steroids -- 3.5 Carotenoids -- 4 Organic Acids, Lipids and Related Compounds -- 4.1 Plant acids -- 4.2 Fatty acids and lipids -- 4.3 Alkanes and related hydrocarbons -- 4.4 Polyacetylenes -- 4.5 Sulphur compounds -- 5 Nitrogen Compounds -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Amino acids -- 5.3 Amines -- 5.4 Alkaloids -- 5.5 Cyanogenic glycosides -- 5.6 Indoles -- 5.7 Purines, pyrimidines and cytokinins -- 5.8 Chlorophylls -- 6 Sugars and their Derivatives -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Monosaccharides -- 6.3 Oligosaccharides -- 6.4 Sugar alcohols and cyclitols -- 7 Macromolecules -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Nucleic acids -- 7.3 Proteins -- 7.4 Polysaccharides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400962286
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 151 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Sociology.
    Abstract: Schutz’s Life Story and the Understanding of his Work -- The Well-informed Citizen: Alfred Schutz and Applied Theory -- Explorations of the Lebenswelt: Reflections on Schutz and Habermas -- Discussion of Wagner, Imber, and Rasmussen -- A. Schutz and F. Kaufmann: Sociology Between Science and Interpretation -- On the Origin of ‘Phenomenological’ Sociology -- Surrender-and-Catch and Phenomenology -- On Surrender, Death, and the Sociology of Knowledge -- The Provisional Homecomer -- Review Section -- Helmut R. Wagner. Alfred Schutz: An Intellectual Biography -- Burke C. Thomason. Making Sense of Reification: Alfred Schutz and Constructionist Theory -- Helmut R. Wagner. Phenomenology of Consciousness and Sociology of the Life-world: An Introductory Study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schutz’s Life Story and the Understanding of his WorkThe Well-informed Citizen: Alfred Schutz and Applied Theory -- Explorations of the Lebenswelt: Reflections on Schutz and Habermas -- Discussion of Wagner, Imber, and Rasmussen -- A. Schutz and F. Kaufmann: Sociology Between Science and Interpretation -- On the Origin of ‘Phenomenological’ Sociology -- Surrender-and-Catch and Phenomenology -- On Surrender, Death, and the Sociology of Knowledge -- The Provisional Homecomer -- Review Section -- Helmut R. Wagner. Alfred Schutz: An Intellectual Biography -- Burke C. Thomason. Making Sense of Reification: Alfred Schutz and Constructionist Theory -- Helmut R. Wagner. Phenomenology of Consciousness and Sociology of the Life-world: An Introductory Study.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789401091633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: C. D. Darlington — In Memoriam -- Molecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology — Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    Description / Table of Contents: C. D. Darlington - In MemoriamMolecular Cytogenetics -- Sorting, Cloning and Analysis of Specific Human Chromosomes -- High Resolution Linkage Map of Human Chromosome llp -- Molecular Organisation of the Chromosome -- Z-DNA and Chromosome Structure -- Centromeric DNA in Yeast -- Telomeres and Artificial Chromosomes in Yeast -- Meiosis -- Genic Control of Meiosis -- Application of the Spreading Techniques to Structural Heterozygotes -- Synapsis, Synaptic Adjustment and DNA Synthesis in Mouse Oocytes -- The Synaptonemal Complex in Chromosome Pairing and Disjunction -- X-Inactivation and Its Role in Male Sterility -- Age-Related Aneuploidy and Its Aetiology - Testing Some of the Hypotheses -- Chromosomes and Cancer -- Chromosomes and Cancer: Chromatin’s Re-Awakening -- Structure and Function of Chromosomes -- Balbiani Ring Genes and Their Induction -- Active Genes and Puffs -- Mapping of Genetic Activity on Mammalian Chromosomes -- Spatial Order of Chromosomes -- Ordered Arrangement of Chromosomes in Wheat -- Towards a General Model for Spatial Law and Order in Nuclear and Karyotypic Architecture -- Correlation Between Interphase and Metaphase Chromosome Arrangements as Studied by Laser-Uv-Microbeam Experiments -- Chromosomes and Evolution -- Chromosomal Evolution, Speciation and Morphological Change in Vertebrates: The Role of Social Behaviour -- DNA Family Turnover and the Coevolution of Chromosomes -- The Evolution of Sex Chromosomes and Their Consequences for the Evolutionary Process -- The Evolutionary Consequence of Major Genomic Changes in Amphibia -- Linkage Group Conservation and the Notion of 24 Primordial Vertebrate Linkage Groups -- Explosive Chromosomal Speciation in Seismic Active Regions -- Abstracts of Selected Posters -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    Abstract: This short text is designed to provide basic information about plant and microbial lipids not only for scientists working in the microbiological and plant fields, but for anyone wanting a concise introduction to this aspect of lipid biochemistry. We have long been aware that standard biochemistry books tend to. concentrate (sometimes exclusively) on animal lipids, thus neglecting many of the important and special features of other organisms. It is not our intention that the book should be comprehensive and we have not, for instance, provided complete lists of lipid compositions of all plants and bacterial species; a number of excellent specialist texts exist and many of these are listed for further reading. Instead we have sought to provide sufficient information for an advanced undergraduate or a research student to give them a 'feel' for the subject. By a combination of generalisation and the use of examples of special interest we hope the book will whet the appetite of the reader so that, by their own research, they are stimulated to discover and, perhaps, answer some of the fascinating questions concerning plant and microbial lipids. We trust that we shall succeed in these aims, even if that will mean more competition for research funds in our own fields! J. L. HARWOOD N. J. RUSSELL November 1983 Acknowledgements Our research careers have been devoted to a study of lipids: we have no regrets and are happy to acknowledge Professors J. N.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1A General remarks -- 1B Classification of organisms -- 1C Lipid nomenclature -- 2 Major Lipid Types in Plants and Micro-Organisms -- 2A Fatty acids -- 2B Acyl lipids -- 2C Terpenoids -- 2D Sterols -- 2E Other lipid types -- 2F Ether lipids -- 3 Distribution of Lipids -- 3A Lipid distributions in different organisms and their use in taxonomy -- 3B Subcellular distribution of lipids -- 3C Intramembrane lipid distribution -- 3D Subcellular fractionation and membrane isolation -- 3E Factors affecting the lipid composition of plants and microorganisms -- 4 Biosynthesis -- 4A Fatty acids -- 4B Acyl lipids -- 4C Terpenoids and steroids -- 4D Complex lipids -- 4E Ether lipids -- 5 Degradation -- 5A Degradation of acyl lipids -- 5B Oxidation of fatty acids -- 6 Lipid Functions -- 6A Membrane structure and function -- 6B Storage -- 6C Microbial lipids as virulence factors -- 6D Conclusion -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9789400936997
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 585 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401576864
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 308 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The University of Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 23
    Series Statement: The Western Ontario Series in Philosophy of Science, A Series of Books in Philosophy of Science, Methodology, Epistemology, Logic, History of Science, and Related Fields 23
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Music ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Defining the Problem Situation -- The Mathematical Approach -- The Experimental Approach -- The Mechanistic Approach -- Contacts and Criticisms -- An Example From the Second Generation -- Conclusions.
    Abstract: The soul rejoices in perceiving harmonious sound; when the sound is not harmonious it is grieved. From these affects of the soul are derived the name of consonances for the harmonic proportions, and the name of dissonances for the unharmonic proportions. When to this is added the other harmonie proportion whieh consists of the longer or shorter duration of musical sound, then the soul stirs the body to jumping dance, the tongue to inspired speech, according to the same laws. The artisans accommodate to these harmonies the blows of their hammers, the soldiers their pace. As long as the harmonies endure, everything is alive; everything stiffens, when they are disturbed.! Thus the German astronomer, Johannes Kepler, evokes the power of music. Where does this power come from? What properties of music enable it to stir up emotions which may go far beyond just feeling generally pleased, and which may express themselves, for instance, in weeping; in laughing; in trembling over the whole body; in a marked acceleration of breathing and heartbeat; in participating in the rhythm with the head, the hands, the arms, and the feet? From the beginning of musical theory the answer to this question has been sought in two different directions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401748902
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 242 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Phonology ; Linguistics ; Grammar, Comparative and general—Phonology.
    Abstract: Inhoud -- 1. Inleiding -- 2. Abstractheid -- 3. Niet-Lineaire Fonologie -- 4. Fonologie, Morfologie en Het Lexicon -- 5. Fonologie, Domeinen en Syntaxis -- Bibliografie.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400955400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 210 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to electron beam instruments -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Basic properties of electron emitters -- 1.3 Electron optics, electron lenses and deflection systems -- References -- 2 Electron-specimen interactions -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Elastically scattered electrons -- 2.3 Inelastically scattered electrons -- 2.4 Generation of X-rays -- 2.5 Generation of Auger electrons -- 2.6 Generation of electron beam induced current and cathodoluminescence signals -- References -- 3 Layout and operational modes of electron beam instruments -- 3.1 Transmission electron microscopy -- 3.2 Scanning electron microscopy -- 3.3 Scanning transmission electron microscopy -- 3.4 Auger electron spectroscopy -- 3.5 Electron microprobe analysis -- 3.6 X-ray spectrometers -- 3.7 Electron spectrometers -- References -- 4 Interpretation of diffraction information -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Analysis of electron diffraction patterns -- 4.3 Interpretation of diffraction maxima associated with phase transformations and magnetic samples -- 4.4 Interpretation of diffraction patterns from twinned crystals -- 4.5 Interpretation of channelling patterns and backscattered electron patterns in scanning electron microscopy -- References -- 5 Analysis of micrographs in TEM, STEM, HREM and SEM -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Theories of diffraction contrast in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.3 Analysis of images in transmission electron microscopy -- 5.4 Influence of electron optical conditions on images in TEM and STEM -- 5.5 Interpretation of high resolution electron microscopy images -- 5.6 Interpretation of scanning electron microscopy images -- References -- 6 Interpretation of analytical data -- 6.1 Interpretation of X-ray data -- 6.2 Interpretation of data from thin samples -- 6.3 Interpretation of X-ray data from bulk samples -- 6.4 Interpretation of electron energy loss spectra -- 6.5 Interpretation of Auger spectra -- 6.6 Spatial resolution of analysis -- References -- Appendix A The reciprocal lattice -- Appendix B Interplanar distances and angles in crystals. Cell volumes. Diffraction group symmetries -- Appendix C Kikuchi maps, standard diffraction patterns and extinction distances -- Appendix D Stereomicroscopy and trace analysis -- Appendix E Tables of X-ray and EELS energies.
    Abstract: The examination of materials using electron beam techniques has developed continuously for over twenty years and there are now many different methods of extracting detailed structural and chemical information using electron beams. These techniques which include electron probe microanalysis, trans­ mission electron microscopy, Auger spectroscopy and scanning electron microscopy have, until recently, developed more or less independently of each other. Thus dedicated instruments designed to optimize the performance for a specific application have been available and correspondingly most of the available textbooks tend to have covered the theory and practice of an individual technique. There appears to be no doubt that dedicated instru­ ments taken together with the specialized textbooks will continue to be the appropriate approach for some problems. Nevertheless the underlying electron-specimen interactions are common to many techniques and in view of the fact that a range of hybrid instruments is now available it seems appropriate to provide a broad-based text for users of these electron beam facilities. The aim of the present book is therefore to provide, in a reasonably concise form, the material which will allow the practitioner of one or more of the individual techniques to appreciate and to make use of the type of information which can be obtained using other electron beam techniques.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401707398
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 160 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 174
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Aesthetics ; Science—Philosophy.
    Abstract: Although various sections of this work have been published separately in various journals and volumes their separate publication is wholly attributable to the exigencies of life in academia: the work was devised as and is supposed to constitute something of an organic unity. Part II of 'The Cow with the Subtile Nose' was published under the title 'A Creative Use of Language' in New Literary History (Autumn, 1972), pp. 108-18. 'The Cow on the Roof' appeared in The Journal oj Philosophy LXX, No. 19 (November 8, 1973), pp. 713-23. 'A Fine Forehand' appeared in the Journal oj the Philosophy oj Sport, Vol. 1 (September, 1974), pp. 92-109. 'Quote: Judgements from Our Brain' appeared in Perspectives on the Philosophy oj Wittgenstein, ed. by I. Block (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1981), pp. 201-211. 'Art and Sociobiology' appeared in Mind (1981), Vol. XC, pp. 505-520. 'Anything Viewed'appeared in Essays in Honour oj Jaakko Hintikka, ed. by Esa Saarinen, Risto Hilpinen, Illkka Niiniluoto and Merrill Provence Hintikka (Dordrecht, Holland and Boston, Massachusetts: D. Reidel Publishing Co., 1979), pp. 285-293. 'How I See Philosophy' appeared in The Owl oj Minerva, ed. by C. J. Bontempo and S. Jack Odell (New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1975), pp. 223-5. All the remaining parts are also forthcoming in various journals and volumes. I am grateful to Bradley E. Wilson for the preparation of the index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401537209
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 420 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Nuclear engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: When we first contemplated a book on this subject we were faced with a number of options: (a) to write it all ourselves, which would have had the merit of internal consistency and continuity of style; (b) to produce a collection of existing papers. which would have given us expert views in the various sub-fields of the economics of nuclear energy and would have put us in the position of knowing from the start exactly what the authors' contribu­ tions would be: (c) to commission contributions from individual specialists, chapter by chapter; or (d) some combination of these options. We settled for the last - we have written some of the material ourselves, have obtained permission to use some existing papers that seem to us to be valuable contributions to the subject, and have been fortunate in persuading a number of eminent people in their fields to produce papers especially for the book. This has given us a great deal of work and taken up more time than we planned for but we believe the result justifies this time and effort. It enabled us to design a structure for the book from the outset, recognizing that there are several aspects to the economics of nuclear energy - especially if we take a broad view of what is embraced by the word 'economics'.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9789400967298
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (264 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 305.2/35
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178198
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (314 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401721301
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 168 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; Finance ; Economic policy. ; Political science. ; International law. ; Finance, Public.
    Abstract: by Peter Coffey This is indeed a most opportune time for the publication of a serious, critical and independent study about the "Main Economic Policy Areas of the EEC". The European Economic Community is the world's most import­ ant commercial and trading bloc and its economic policies consequently have the most far-reaching implications for all countries in the world. The rest of the world is acutely conscious of the Community's trading policies. In turn, these policies (apart from those based on historical links - ante­ cedent to the EEC's formation) are strongly influenced by the internal economic policies of the Common Market - especially by the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP). At the present time, the Community finds itself, both in­ ternally and externally, at a crossroads. This crossroads takes the form of a choice between 'protectionism' or 'open­ ness'. Unfortunately, present evidence suggests that currently and in the immediately foreseeable future the former option has been chosen by the EEC.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401756181
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 413 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Linguistics
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160353
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The characteristics of living things -- The differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    Abstract: This book has been written with two main purposes in mind, page. At the same time animals show immense variation the first being to give a general review of the entire animal and none is truly typical. Some idea of the immense variety kingdom, and the second to give more detailed functional of animals is given in the diversity sections, with a synopsis accounts of the anatomy of a representative of each major of the classification of each major phylum. animal group. It is intended to be used by those who are Zoology has a language of its own, which appears highly interested in animals and does not start with the assumption complicated but in most cases can, in fact, be derived simply of any great zoological knowledge. It is hoped that it will from either Latin or Greek. Translations and derivations prove particularly helpful to those studying biology or have been given of a selection of zoological terms; these zoology at 'A' level, or in the early stages of a university should be regarded as examples. The interested zoologist course. may find the use of a Greek and Latin dictionary rewarding.
    Description / Table of Contents: The characteristics of living thingsThe differences between animals and plants -- The cell -- Cell division -- Animal classification -- The origins and interrelationships of animals -- Animals and their environment -- Phylum Protozoa -- Amoeba: a protozoan of simple structure -- A general consideration of protozoan structure -- Euglena: a ‘plant-like’ protozoan -- Paramecium: a complex protozoan -- Monocystis and Plasmodium: parasitic Protozoa -- The classification of the Protozoa -- Protozoan diversity -- Synopsis of the Protozoa -- Phylum Porifera -- The Radiata -- Phylum Cnidaria -- Hydra: an example of a polyp -- Obelia: a representative hydrozoan -- Characteristics of the Cnidaria -- Class Scyphozoa -- A urelia: a representative scyphozoan -- Class Anthozoa -- Actinia: a representative anthozoan -- Cnidarian classification and diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Cnidaria -- Phylum Ctenophora -- The acoelomate bilateral phyla -- Phylum Platyhelminthes -- Class Turbellaria -- The planarians: examples of free-living platyhelminths -- Characteristics of the Platyhelminthes -- Class Trematoda -- Structure of a generalized trematode -- Trematode life cycles -- Order Monogenea: Polystomum -- Order Digenea: Fasciola -- Class Cestoda -- Subclass Eucestoda: Taenia -- Synopsis of phylum Platyhelminthes -- Phylum Nemertinea -- Phylum Mesozoa -- Phylum Gnathostomulida -- Animal body cavities -- The pseudocoelomate phyla -- Super phylum Aschelminthes -- Phylum Nematoda: Ascaris -- Minor pseudocoelomate phyla -- Phylum Rotifera -- Phylum Gastrotricha -- Phylum Kinorhyncha -- Phylum Nematomorpha -- Phylum Acanthocephala -- Phylum Annelida -- to the coelomate animals and metamerism -- Class Polychaeta: Nereis -- Arenicola marina -- Polychaete diversity -- Class Oligochaeta: Lumbricus terrestris -- Earthworms and the soil -- Class Hirudinea: Hirudo medicinalis -- Hirudinean diversity -- Synopsis of phylum Annelida -- Phylum Arthropode -- to the Arthropoda -- Synopsis of the phylum Arthropoda -- Subphylum Crustacea -- Astacus -- Crustacean diversity and classification -- Class Branchiopoda -- Class Ostracoda -- Class Copepoda -- Class Cirripedia -- Classes Mystacocarida and Branchiura -- Class Malacostraca -- Synopsis of the subphylum Crustacea -- Successful land arthropods -- Subphylum Uniramia -- Class Insecta -- Locusta: the locust -- Periplaneta: the cockroach -- Metamorphosis -- Insect diversity -- Insect social organization -- Synopsis of the main insect orders -- The myriapodous arthropoda -- Class Chilopoda: the centipedes -- Class Diplopoda: the millipedes -- Class Symphyla -- Class Pauropoda -- The chelicerate arthropods -- Class Merostomata: Limulus -- Class Arachnida: Araneus -- Arachnid diversity -- Class Pycnogonida -- Synopsis of subphylum Chelicerata -- Primitive arthropods -- Subphylum Trilobitomorpha -- Phylum Onychophora: Peripatus -- Phylum Mollusca -- The molluscan plan: a hypothetical ancestor -- Molluscan larvae -- Primitive living molluscs: Class Monoplacophora: Neopilina -- Class Polyplacophora -- The major mollusc classes -- Class Gastropoda: Helix -- Gastropod diversity -- Subclass Prosobranchia -- Subclass Opisthobranchia -- Subclass Pulmonata -- Synopsis of class Gastropoda -- Class Bivalvia: Mythus edulis -- Bivalve diversity -- Subclass Protobranchia -- Subclass Lamellibranchia -- Subclass Septibranchia -- Freshwater bivalves -- Synopsis of class Bivalvia -- Two minor mollusc classes -- Class Scaphopoda -- Class Aplacophora -- Class Cephalopoda: Sepia -- Cephalopod diversity -- Synopsis of class Cephalopoda -- Early embryonic development: the protostomes and deuterostomes -- The minor coelomate phyla -- to the minor coelomate phyla -- The minor protostome coelomates -- Phylum Priapuloidea -- Phylum Sipunculoidea -- Phylum Echiuroidea -- Phylum Pogonophora -- Phylum Tardigrada -- Phylum Pentastomida -- The lophophorate phyla -- Phylum Bryozoa (also known as Ectoprocta or Polyzoa) -- Bryozoan diversity -- Phylum Brachiopoda -- Phylum Entoprocta -- Phylum Phoronida -- The invertebrate deuterostomes -- Phylum Echinodermata -- Class Asteroidea: Asterias -- Echinoderm diversity -- Class Ophiuroidea: Ophiothrix -- Class Echinoidea: Echinus -- The minor echinoderm classes -- Class Holothuroidea -- Class Crinoidea -- Echinoderm relationships -- Synopsis of the Echinodermata -- The minor deuterostome phyla -- Phylum Chaetognatha -- Phylum Hemichordata -- Class Enteropneusta -- Class Pterobranchia -- Phylum Chordata -- to the phylum Chordata -- Subphylum Urochordata: Ciona -- Urochordate diversity -- Class Ascidiacea -- Class Thaliacea -- Class Larvacea -- Synopsis of subphylum Urochordata -- Subphylum Cephalochordata: Branchiostoma -- Synopsis of the phylum Chordata -- to the subphylum Vertebrata -- Animal body tissues -- Epithelial tissue -- Connective tissues -- Skeletal connective tissue -- Muscular tissue -- Nervous tissue -- Vertebrate organ systems -- The integumentary system -- The skeleto-muscular system -- The digestive system -- The respiratory system -- The circulatory system -- The urinogenital system -- The nervous system -- The endocrine system -- The early development of chordates -- The development of amphioxus -- Vertebrate development -- The development of the frog -- Amniote development -- The development of mammals -- Summary of chordate embryology -- Summary of the fate of the primary germ layers -- Vertebrate diversity -- Class Agnatha -- Lampetra -- Agnathan diversity -- The living Agnatha -- Fossil agnathans: the ostracoderms -- Synopsis of the class Agnatha -- to the gnathostomes -- Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Subclass Chondrichthyes: Scyliorhinus -- Chondrichthyan diversity -- Living forms -- Fossil elasmobranchs -- Synopsis of Class Elasmobranchiomorphii -- Class Teleostomi (Osteichthyes) -- Salmo -- Telestome diversity -- The Actinopterygii -- Subclass Sarcopterygii -- Synopsis of the class Teleostomi -- to the tetrapods: the pentadactyl limb -- Class Amphibia -- Rana -- Amphibian diversity -- Order Urodela -- Order Anura -- Order Apoda -- The fossil Amphibia: Subclasses Labyrinthodontia and Lepospondyli -- Synopsis of the class Amphibia -- to the amniotes -- Class Reptilia -- Lacerta -- Reptile diversity -- Living reptiles -- Fossil reptiles -- Synopsis of the class Reptilia -- Class Aves -- Columba -- Bird diversity -- Synopsis of the class Aves -- Class Mammalia -- Rattus -- Mammalian diversity -- Subclass Prototheria (the monotremes) -- Subclass Theria -- Infraclass Metatheria: the marsupials -- Infraclass Eutheria -- Order Insectivora -- Order Chiroptera -- The carnivorous mammals -- The small herbivorous mammals -- The large herbivores -- The subungulates -- Some minor mammalian orders -- Order Primates -- Synopsis of the class Mammalia.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959651
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: Darwin’s Contribution to Earthworm Ecology1 Darwin’s Formation of Vegetable Mould- its philosophical basis -- 2 Darwin on earthworms - the contemporary background and what the critics thought -- Earthworms and Organic Matter -- 3 Darwin’s ‘vegetable mould’ and some modern concepts of humus structure and soil aggregation -- 4 Organic matter turnover by earthworms -- 5 Effect of earthworms on the disappearance rate of cattle droppings -- 6 Soil transport as a homeostatic mechanism for stabilizing the earthworm environment -- Earthworm Ecology in Grassland Soils -- 7 Earthworm ecology in grassland soils -- 8 Effect of earthworms on grassland on recently reclaimed polder soils in the Netherlands -- 9 The activities of earthworms and the fates of seeds -- Earthworm Ecology in Cultivated Soils -- 10 Earthworm ecology in cultivated soils -- 11 Nitrogen turnover by earthworms in arable plots treated with farmyard manure and slurry -- 12 Earthworm population dynamics in different agricultural rotations -- Earthworm Ecology in Forest Soils -- 13 Earthworm ecology in forest soil -- 14 Earthworm ecology in deciduous forests in central and southeast Europe -- Earthworm Ecology in Tropical and Arid Soils -- 15 Earthworms of tropical regions -some aspects of their ecology and relationships with soils -- 16 The ecology of earthworms in southern Africa -- 17 Effects of fire on the nutrient content and microfiora of casts of Pheretima alexandri -- Earthworms and Land Reclamation -- 18 Earthworms and land reclamation -- 19 Earthworm ecology in reclaimed opencast coal mining sites in Ohio -- 20 Development of earthworm populations in abandoned arable fields under grazing management -- Earthworms and Soil Pollution -- 21 Heavy metal uptake and tissue distribution III earthworms -- 22 Heavy metals in earthworms in non-contaminated and contaminated agricultural soil from near Vancouver, Canada -- 23 Earthworms and TCDD (2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin) in Seveso -- Utilization of Wastes by Earthworm Culture -- 24 Earthworms as a source of food and drugs -- 25 Assimilation by the earthworm Eisenia jetida -- 26 The culture and use of Perionyx excavatus as a protein resource in the Philippines -- 27 Utilization of Eudrilus eugeniae for disposal of cassava peel -- 28 Cultivation of Eisenia fetida using dairy waste sludge cake -- 29 The earthworm bait market in North America -- 30 A simulation model of earthworm growth and population dynamics: application to organic waste conversion -- Earthworms and Microflora -- 31 Earthworm microbiology -- 32 The effects of fungi on food selection by Lumbricus terrestris (L.) -- 33 Introduction of amoebae and Rhizobium japonicum into the gut of Eisenia jetida (Sav.) and Lumbricus terrestris L. -- 34 Enterobacter aerogenes infection of Hoplochaetella suctoria -- Earthworms in Food Chains -- 35 Predation on earthworms by terrestrial vertebrates -- 36 Predation on earthworms by the Black-headed gull (Larus ridibundus L.) -- 37 Agastrodrilus Omodeo and Vaillaud, a genus of carnivorous earthworms from the Ivory Coast -- Earthworm Evolution and Distribution Patterns -- 38 The establishment of earthworm communities -- 39 The structure of earthworm communities -- Taxonomy and Nomenclature -- 40 The scientific names of earthworms -- 41 A guide to the valid names of Lumbricidae (Oligochaeta) -- Systematic index -- General Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400969728
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (248p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Aesthetics
    Abstract: One / The Emergence of Appraisive Concepts and their Nature -- 1.0 The Etiology of Values -- 2.0 The Fourfold Root of Appraisal -- 3.0 Modes of Appraisal -- 4.0 Creditation and Qualification -- 5.0 Character and Characterization -- 6.0 Areas of Appraisal Compared -- Two / Critical Characterization -- 7.0 Aesthetic Appraisal Illustrated -- 8.0 Musical Characterization -- 9.0 The Structure of Aesthetic Concepts -- 10.0 Metalinguistic Terms in Evaluation -- 11.0 The Importance of Appraisal -- Notes.
    Abstract: The present work addresses itself to the question of the nature of appraisive concepts such as were the subject of investigation in The Concepts of Value* and The Concepts of Criticism. ** Many problems of prime importance in the theory of value could not be adequately treated there without diminishing the basic purpose of those studies which was above all to identify, classify and provide a general theoretical framework for the host of concepts with which we characterize and commend subjects of appraisal in all of the principal areas of human interest. The author might have forestalled the disappointment of some of his critics had he then explicitly promised to consider those problems at a later time. But his reluctance to promise what he might not be in a position to produce outweighed a keen awareness of what the problems are and of their evident seriousness. Although my treatment of such problems has only now been undertaken, in point of time my concern with them antedates by far the em­ pirical explorations of the two texts mentioned. Anyone who undertakes such a study is likely to have come under the in­ fluence of Professor Frank Sibley's 'Aesthetic Concepts't and of later develop­ ments in his analysis of certain appraisive concepts. What do such concepts mean and how do they mean9 These are the questions he treated in such a stimulating fashion.
    Description / Table of Contents: One / The Emergence of Appraisive Concepts and their Nature1.0 The Etiology of Values -- 2.0 The Fourfold Root of Appraisal -- 3.0 Modes of Appraisal -- 4.0 Creditation and Qualification -- 5.0 Character and Characterization -- 6.0 Areas of Appraisal Compared -- Two / Critical Characterization -- 7.0 Aesthetic Appraisal Illustrated -- 8.0 Musical Characterization -- 9.0 The Structure of Aesthetic Concepts -- 10.0 Metalinguistic Terms in Evaluation -- 11.0 The Importance of Appraisal -- Notes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400972032
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (284p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ontology
    Abstract: Ethical Issues in the Law of Tort -- Moral Theories of Torts: Their Scope and Limits (Parts 1 and 2) -- The Search for Synthesis in Tort Theory -- Toward a Moral Theory of Negligence Law -- Tort Liability for Breach of Statute -- Putting Fault Back into Products Liability -- Liability for Failing to Rescue -- Rights, Goals, and Hard Cases.
    Abstract: The essays in this volume are the result of a project on Values in Tort Law directed by the Westminster Institute for Ethics and Human Values. We are indebted to the Board of Westminster Col­ lege for its financial support. The project involved two meetings of a mixed group of lawyers and philosophers to discuss drafts of papers and general issues in tort law. Beyond the principal researchers, whose papers appear here, we are grateful to John Bargo, Dick Bronaugh, Craig Brown, Earl Cherniak, Bruce Feldthusen, Barry Hoffmaster and Steve Sharzer for their helpful discussion, and to Nancy Margolis for copy editing. All of these papers except one have appeared before in the journal Law and Philosophy (Vol. 1 No.3, December 1982 and Vol. 2 No.1, Apri11983). Chapman's paper which was previously published in The University of Western Ontario Law Review (Vol. 20 No.1, 1982) appears here with permission. Westminster Institute for Ethics and Human Values, M.D.B. Westminster College, London, Canada B.C. vii INTRODUCTION The law of torts is society's primary mechanism for resolving disputes arising from personal injury and property damage.
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethical Issues in the Law of TortMoral Theories of Torts: Their Scope and Limits (Parts 1 and 2) -- The Search for Synthesis in Tort Theory -- Toward a Moral Theory of Negligence Law -- Tort Liability for Breach of Statute -- Putting Fault Back into Products Liability -- Liability for Failing to Rescue -- Rights, Goals, and Hard Cases.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160322
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction -- 2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    Abstract: an attempt to rationalize these terminological and conceptual difficulties we have considered the origins of mammalian heat production from two different points of view. The scheme depicted in Fig. 1. 1 illustrates the fate of energy in the body as seen by the nutritionist. After allowing for losses of energy in faeces and urine, the metabolizable energy obtained from food is utilized for main­ taining and increasing body energy content (maintenance, external work, growth and production). The transformation of metabolizable energy into these forms of net energy also involves inevitable energy losses in the form of heat - thermic energy. Similarly, maintaining homeothermy in cold en­ vironments involves shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis (NST) and the energy costs of assimilating nutrients and retaining net energy results in obligatory heat losses due to diet-induced thermogenesis (DIT). This obligatory DIT is mainly due to the energy cost of protein and fat synthesis but, in addition to this, there is an adaptive component of DIT that helps maintain body energy content (i. e. body weight) by dissipating the metabolizable energy consumed in excess of the requirements for maintenance, growth and production. In Fig. 1. 2, we have converted this nutritionist's scheme (A) into one that A B r-------. . . , I I Production, Growth I I External work I I I I Essential energy expenditure NET BASAL Obligatory 1 I ENERGY Maintenance HEAT heat I FASTING at (BMR) productlpn for t ROC thermoneutrallty homeothermia r.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mammalian Thermogenesis: An Introduction2 Cellular Mechanisms of Heat Dissipation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The thermodynamics of heat dissipation -- 2.3 Extra-mitochondrial ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.4 The status of ATP-hydrolysing mechanisms in brown fat -- 2.5 Mitochondrial dissipatory mechanisms: general considerations -- 2.6 The proton short-circuit of brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.7 The molecular basis for the adaptive cold- and diet-induced increase in brown-fat thermogenic capacity -- 2.8 The acute regulation of the proton short-circuit in brown-fat mitochondria -- 2.9 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Brown Fat: An Energy Dissipating Tissue -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The survival value of an energy dissipator -- 3.3 Anatomy -- 3.4 The capacity for heat production -- 3.5 Evidence for a concerted regulation between substrate supply and respiration rate -- 3.6 Tissue blood flow -- 3.7 The adaptive response to cold exposure -- 3.8 The acute thermogenic response -- 3.9 Alpha- and beta-adrenergic mediated membrane potential changes and metabolism -- 3.10 Sodium pump and thermogenesis -- 3.11 Control of brown-fat thermogenesis -- References -- 4 Autonomic Regulation of Thermogenesis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Cold exposure -- 4.3 Diet -- 4.4 Summary and conclusions -- References -- 5 Thyroid Hormones and Thermogenesis -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Role of thyroid hormones in thermogenesis -- 5.3 Summary -- References -- 6 Energetics of Maintenance and Growth -- 6.1 Measurement of energy exchange -- 6.2 The energy cost of maintenance and fattening -- 6.3 Food intake and heat production -- 6.4 Eating and rumination -- 6.5 Efficiency of utilization of absorbed nutrients -- 6.6 Regulatory dietary-induced thermogenesis -- 6.7 Body size and heat production -- 6.8 The energetics of growth -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Diet-Induced Thermogenesis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Force-feeding and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.3 Voluntary hyperphagia and diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.4 Mechanism of diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.5 Other factors affecting diet-induced thermogenesis -- 7.6 Reduced thermogenesis -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Thermogenesis and Obesity -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Energy balance in genetically obese rodents -- 8.3 Mechanisms of heat production -- 8.4 Thermogenesis in man -- 8.5 Concluding comments -- References -- 9 Hypermetabolism in Trauma -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Afferent mediators of metabolic alterations -- 9.3 Neuroendocrine responses -- 9.4 Metabolic responses -- 9.5 Cardiovascular responses -- 9.6 Thermoregulatory response -- 9.7 Treatment -- 9.8 Summary -- References -- 10 Thermogenesis and Fever -- 10.1 Temperature regulation as a reflex -- 10.2 The biology of fever -- 10.3 The biology of malignant hyperthermia -- References -- 11 Pharmacology of Thermogenesis -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Central control of thermogenesis -- 11.3 Neural control of shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis -- 11.4 Receptors mediating thermogenic responses in brown adipose tissue -- 11.5 Intracellular mediators of the acute, subacute and chronic effects of sympathetic stimulation -- 11.6 Impact of various pharmacological agents on thermogenesis -- 11.7 Hormonal control of thermogenesis -- 11.8 A rationale for selecting thermogenic agents -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 408 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry -- 2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    Abstract: Arising from an examination in 1969 of the education and trammg opportumtles for paint industry technicians, it was recognized that the various courses available at that time did not fully serve their needs. While a few large companies had developed in-house training arrangements, the many medium and smaller fi.rms in the raw material supply, paint manufacturing or paint user industries, were unable to provide their own comprehensive training programs. With a view to improving this situation, an advisory committee comprising ofrepresentatives of the Australian Paint Manufacturers' Federation and the Oil and Colour Chemists' Association Australia was established to liaise directly with the New South Wales Department of Technical and Further Education. As a result plans were developed for the introduction of a Special Course in 'Surface Coatings Technology' in 1971, conducted by the Sydney Technical College. The scope of the course was designed to cover all aspects of surface coatings technology ranging from raw materials and formulations to the production, testing, evaluation, application and use of finished products. The course proved to be highly successful and in 1973 a similar syllabus was introduced by the Melboume School of Painting, Decorating and Signcrafts in Victoria. In 1980, New Zealand followed suit with a similar course conducted by the Auckland Technical Institute.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Past, Present and Future of the Surface Coatings Industry2 Introduction to Polymer Science -- 3 Vegetable Oils -- 4 Oleoresinous Media -- 5 Alkyd Resin Technology -- 6 Manufacture of Alkyd Resins -- 7 Applications of Alkyd Resins -- 8 Polyesters -- 9 Amino Resins -- 10 Phenolic Resins -- 11 Polyurethane Resins -- 12 Epoxy Resins -- 13 Water Dispersible Epoxy Coatings -- 14 Silicone Resins -- 15 Acrylic Solution Resins -- 16 Emulsion Polymerization Theory -- 17 Emulsion Properties 1: Effect of Monomer Composition -- 18 Emulsion Properties 2: Effect of Water Phase and Particle Size -- 19 Emulsion Properties 3: Film Formation -- 20 Emulsion Polymers: Manufacture and Testing -- 21 Applications of Emulsion Polymers -- 22 Water-Reducible Resins -- 23 Water-Soluble Polymers -- 24 Solvents -- 25 Inorganic Pigments -- 26 Titanium Dioxide Pigments -- 27 Organic Pigments -- 28 Extender Pigments -- 29 Paint Driers -- 30 Paint Additives -- Contributors and Reviewers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401768481
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; Environmental law ; History
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789401744560
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 118 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; Commercial law
    Abstract: With consumer goods, as weil as consumer durables, the market is obscured because of product differentiation, in for example, the use, of trade marks, and the advertising and get-up of products, and this presents arealproblern in the protection of consumers. After a general demarcation of the forms, techniques and functions of product differentiation, an investigation is made into the correlation between the law and product differentiation; first, regarding pharmaceutical products and, then, though only by way of reconnaissance, for foodstuffs and cosmetics. Both in the general descriptive part and in the parts dealing with various sectors, attention is also paid to product differentiation as a source of the geographical division of markets. In a later chapter, certain general Observations on the law and socially undesirable product differentiation are developed. Here special attention is paid to trade mark law and regulations relating to misleading and dishonest advertising. The survey shows that, in the light of the existing economic model, improved consumer protection against the representation of product differ­ ences which hardly exist, can best be effected by means of regulations and other initiatives concerned with the supply of information, such as labelling requirements. September 1981 Dr. Jules Stuyck IX Table of Contents The first figure indicates the subsection number and the second figure the page number.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401753647
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 292 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401511841
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 394 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Law in Eastern Europe 25
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; International law.
    Abstract: I. Introduction -- 1. Constitutional Basis -- 2. Historical Background -- Notes -- II. Sources. Federal Citizenship and Republican Citizenship -- 1. Sources -- 2. Federal Citizenship and Republican Citizenship -- Notes -- III. Legislative Basis. Recognition. Marriage. Residence abroad. Extradition -- 1. Legislative Basis -- 2. Recognition -- 3. Citizenship and Marriage -- 4. Residence Abroad -- 5. Extradition -- Notes -- IV. Dual Nationality -- I. General Principles -- II. Conflicts-in-Law Portfolio -- Notes -- V. Dual Nationality and Soviet Diplomatic and Treaty Practice -- Notes -- VI. Statelessness as a Consequence of the Conflict of Nationality Laws (Part I) -- I. Conflicts-in-Law Varietals of Statelessness -- Notes -- VII. Statelessness as a Consequence of the Conflict of Nationality Laws (Part II) -- Statelessness as a Result of Marriage -- II. Legislative and Diplomatic Practice -- Notes -- VIII. Acquisition of Ussr Citizenship -- 1. Grounds for Acquiring USSR Citizenship -- 2. Acquisition of USSR Citizenship by Birth -- 3. Acquisition of USSR Citizenship by Children of Stateless Persons -- 4. Foundlings -- 5. Admission to the Citizenship of the USSR -- Notes -- IX. Loss and Restoration of Soviet Citizenship -- 1. Grounds for Losing USSR Citizenship -- 2. Exit from Soviet Citizenship -- 3. Deprivation of USSR Citizenship -- 4. Restoration of USSR Citizenship -- Notes -- X. Status of Minors -- 1. When Both Parents Change Citizenship -- 2. When One Parent Acquires USSR Citizenship -- 3. When One Parent Leaves USSR Citizenship -- 4. Adoption and Acquisition of USSR Citizenship -- 5. Adoption of Soviet Children by Foreign Citizens -- Notes -- XI. Procedural Format -- 1. Background -- 2. Current Legislation -- Notes -- XII. Emigration and Immigration -- A. The Chinese Case -- B. The Korean Question -- C. The Jewish Problem -- Notes -- XIII. The New Soviet Citizenship Law and Human Rights -- 1. Universal Declaration of Human Rights -- 2. International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights -- 3. Convention on the Nationality of Married Women -- 4. Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness -- 5. Final Act of the Helsinki Conference -- Notes -- Selective Bibliography -- A. Books -- B. Articles.
    Abstract: In 1968, the predecessor of this volume was published as Number 15 of the Law in Eastern Europe series, under the title "Soviet Citizenship Law". The decision to put out a new version of that study was prompted by the enactment in 1978 of the CUTTent Law on the Citizenship of the USSR and the various changes in Soviet prac­ tice in this domain which occurred in the intervening decade. I have drawn on the earlier work for background material and in order to make comparisons between the previous record here and the substance ofthe latest statute. However, the pres­ ent monograph is not a second edition in the sense of being an expanded and updated revision of the original, but stands as an independent piece of research and analysis. Thus, three of the chapters (out of a total of six) featured in the 1968 vol­ urne - citizenship and state succession, state succession and option of nationality, and refugees and displaced persons - have now been omitted for the simple reason that the situation in these areas has remained virtually static during the past ten years so that the initial treatment requires no significant alteration. On the other hand, fresh problems have meantime arisen - such as, for instance, the connection between citizenship and emigration, and the relationship between citizenship status and the international protection of human rights - which called for attention and are dealt with in this book.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Introduction1. Constitutional Basis -- 2. Historical Background -- Notes -- II. Sources. Federal Citizenship and Republican Citizenship -- 1. Sources -- 2. Federal Citizenship and Republican Citizenship -- Notes -- III. Legislative Basis. Recognition. Marriage. Residence abroad. Extradition -- 1. Legislative Basis -- 2. Recognition -- 3. Citizenship and Marriage -- 4. Residence Abroad -- 5. Extradition -- Notes -- IV. Dual Nationality -- I. General Principles -- II. Conflicts-in-Law Portfolio -- Notes -- V. Dual Nationality and Soviet Diplomatic and Treaty Practice -- Notes -- VI. Statelessness as a Consequence of the Conflict of Nationality Laws (Part I) -- I. Conflicts-in-Law Varietals of Statelessness -- Notes -- VII. Statelessness as a Consequence of the Conflict of Nationality Laws (Part II) -- Statelessness as a Result of Marriage -- II. Legislative and Diplomatic Practice -- Notes -- VIII. Acquisition of Ussr Citizenship -- 1. Grounds for Acquiring USSR Citizenship -- 2. Acquisition of USSR Citizenship by Birth -- 3. Acquisition of USSR Citizenship by Children of Stateless Persons -- 4. Foundlings -- 5. Admission to the Citizenship of the USSR -- Notes -- IX. Loss and Restoration of Soviet Citizenship -- 1. Grounds for Losing USSR Citizenship -- 2. Exit from Soviet Citizenship -- 3. Deprivation of USSR Citizenship -- 4. Restoration of USSR Citizenship -- Notes -- X. Status of Minors -- 1. When Both Parents Change Citizenship -- 2. When One Parent Acquires USSR Citizenship -- 3. When One Parent Leaves USSR Citizenship -- 4. Adoption and Acquisition of USSR Citizenship -- 5. Adoption of Soviet Children by Foreign Citizens -- Notes -- XI. Procedural Format -- 1. Background -- 2. Current Legislation -- Notes -- XII. Emigration and Immigration -- A. The Chinese Case -- B. The Korean Question -- C. The Jewish Problem -- Notes -- XIII. The New Soviet Citizenship Law and Human Rights -- 1. Universal Declaration of Human Rights -- 2. International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights -- 3. Convention on the Nationality of Married Women -- 4. Convention on the Reduction of Statelessness -- 5. Final Act of the Helsinki Conference -- Notes -- Selective Bibliography -- A. Books -- B. Articles.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: Here is a guide to the ecology of social insects. It is intended for general ecologists and entomologists as well as for undergraduates and those about to start research on social insects; even the experienced investigator may find the comparison between different groups of social insects illuminating. Most technical terms are translated into common language as far as can be done without loss of accuracy but scientific names are unavoidable. Readers will become familiar with the name even though they cannot visualize the animal and could reflect that only a very few of the total species have been studied so far! References too are essential and with these it should be possible to travel more deeply into the vast research literature, still increasing monthly. When I have cited an author in another author's paper, this implies that I have not read the original and the second author must take responsi­ bility for accuracy! Many hands and heads have helped to make this book. I thank all my colleagues past and present for their enduring though critical support, and I thank with special pleasure: E. ]. M. Evesham who fashioned the diagrams; ]. Free, D. J. Stradling and]. P. E. C. Darlington who supplied photographs; D. Y. Brian and R. A. Weller who were meticulous on the linguistic side; and G. Frith and R. M. Jones who collated the references. List of plates 1. Fungus combs of Acromyrmex octospinosus and Macrotermes michaelseni. 13 2. Mouthparts of larval Myrmica.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Food -- 2.1 Termites as decomposers -- 2.2 Wasps and ants as predators -- 2.3 Sugars as fuel save prey -- 2.4 Seed eaters -- 2.5 Leaf eaters -- 2.6 Pollen eaters -- 3 Foraging by individuals -- 3.1 Foraging strategy -- 3.2 Worker variability -- 4 Foraging in groups -- 4.1 Communication about food -- 4.2 Group slave-raiding -- 4.3 Tunnels and tracks -- 4.4 Nomadic foraging -- 5 Cavity nests and soil mounds -- 5.1 Cavities and burrows -- 5.2 Soil mounds -- 6 Nests of fibre, silk and wax -- 6.1 Mounds of vegetation and tree nests -- 6.2 Combs of cells -- 7 Microclimate -- 7.1 Environmental regulation -- 7.2 Metabolic regulation -- 8 Defence -- 8.1 Painful and paralysing injections -- 8.2 Toxic smears and repellants -- 9 Food processing -- 9.1 Mastication, extraction and regurgitation -- 9.2 Yolk food supplements -- 9.3 Head food glands -- 10 Early population growth -- 10.1 Food distribution -- 10.2 Colony foundation -- 10.3 The growth spurt -- 11 Maturation -- 11.1 Simple models of reproduction -- 11.2 Social control over caste -- 11.3 Males in social Hymenoptera -- 11.4 Maturation in general -- 12 Reproduction -- 12.1 Caste morphogenesis -- 12.2 Copulation and dispersal -- 12.3 Production -- 12.4 Summary -- 13 Evolution of insect societies -- 13.1 Theories of individual selection -- 13.2 Models of these theories -- 13.3 Group selection -- 13.4 Conclusions -- 14 Colonies -- 14.1 The colony barrier -- 14.2 Queen number and species ecology -- 14.3 Queen interaction and queen relatedness -- 15 Comparative ecology of congeneric species -- 15.1 Ant and termite races -- 15.2 Desert ants and termites -- 15.3 Ants and termites in grassland -- 15.4 Forest ants and termites -- 15.5 Wasps and bumblebees -- 15.6 Advanced bees -- 16 Communities -- 16.1 Temperate zone communities in grass and woodland -- 16.2 Desert communities -- 16.3 Tropical rain forest -- 16.4 Conclusions -- 17 Two themes -- 17.1 Plant mutualism -- 17.2 Social organization -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control -- 2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    Abstract: This book had its start when Douglas A. Sloan and the late Ralph Davies first decided to share our firm's experience in mine manage­ ment consulting assignments by using this experience as the basis for a mine management and productivity course. Over the years with more and more assignments, the course text notes were continuously updated and improved. However, the notes only reached the relatively few persons in the mining industry who attended each year's courses. The purpose of this book is to make this experience and knowledge available to everyone who has an interest in systematic mine management. The book is based on nearly 500 mine management consulting assignments which over the years were carried out by too many consultants to begin to mention names. However, some of the international experts whose work was used or who directly contrib­ uted must be mentioned. First would be Col. 1. F. Urwick whose books, articles and personal guidance of the author have had a general influence on the whole book and a specific influence on the Organization chapter. Others are John Humble whose work in developing Management by Objectives (MBO) is reflected in that chapter and Patrick H. Irwin for his work in Corporate Planning, which he has written of in that chapter.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Corporate Planning: Case Study of Corporate Planning, Income Planning and Control2. Organization -- 3. Management by Objectives -- 4. The Performance Appraisal Process -- 5. Education, Training and Development -- 6. Providing Management Information -- 7. Labour Standard Costing -- 8. Establishing Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 9. Using Standards For Labour Cost Control -- 10. Underground Incentive Bonus Systems -- 11. Maintenance Management -- 12. Materials Management -- 13. Compensation Management -- 14. Industrial Relations -- 15. Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. LearningClassical conditioning. Operant or instrumental conditioning. Habituation. Latent learning. Insight learning. Imprinting. Constraints on learning. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 2. Social Behaviour -- Social structures. Communication. The development of social behaviour. The social behaviour of some agricultural species. Conclusions. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 3. Feeding Behaviour -- Internal mechanisms controlling feeding behaviour. Appetitive behaviour. External factors controlling feeding behaviour. Consummatory behaviour. Specific hungers. Conclusions in relation to farm livestock. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 4. Drinking Behaviour -- Internal mechanisms. External stimuli. Consummatory behaviour. Some considerations in relation to farm livestock. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 5. Sexual Behaviour -- Internal mechanisms. External factors. Courtship and copu- lation. Genetic factors controlling mating behaviour. Early experience and the development of sexual behaviour. Social factors affecting sexual behaviour. Some conclusions in relation to farm animals. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 6. Parental Behaviour -- The domestic hen. The Barbary dove. The ewe. The female rat. Some problems arising in the mother-offspring behaviour in farm animals. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 7. Sleep and Grooming -- Sleep. Grooming. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 8. Exploratory Behaviour -- Description. Conclusions in relation to animal husbandry. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 9. Conflict and Thwarting -- Types of conflict behaviour. Conflict behaviour and animal care. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 10. Aggression and Fear -- Aggression. Fear. The relationship between aggression and fear. Conclusions in relation to farm livestock. Points for dis- cussion. Further reading. -- 11. Stress -- The physiology of stress. Social stress. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 12. Evolution -- Evolutionary sources of displays. Formation of displays. Behavioural adaptation. Comparisons of closely related species. Behaviour and speciation. Some considerations in relation to domesticated animals. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 13. Domestication -- Behavioural factors favouring domestication. The origins of domestication. The process of domestication. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 14. Animal Welfare -- The assessment of welfare. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- 15. Ethology and Pest Control -- Insect pests. Ethology and other pests. Conclusions. Points for discussion. Further reading. -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Scope of the book -- 1.2 Historical perspective -- 1.3 Data presentation, magnetic units and geological ages -- 2 The physical basis -- 2.1 Magnetization on an atomic scale -- 2.2 Magnetic domains and anisotropy -- 2.3 Temperature, grain size and time -- 3 Magnetic mineralogy and magnetic identification of minerals -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Magnetic minerals -- 3.3 Identification of magnetic minerals -- 4 The magnetization of natural materials -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Igneous rocks -- 4.3 Unconsolidated sediments and sedimentary rocks -- 4.4 Metamorphic rocks -- 4.5 Archaeological materials -- 4.6 Secondary magnetizations -- 4.7 Magnetic inhomogeneity and anisotropy -- 4.8 Summary -- 5 Sampling, measurement and procedures -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Sampling and orientation -- 5.3 Measurements of remanence, low-field susceptibility and anisotropy -- 5.4 The stability of remanence -- 5.5 The age of the remanence -- 5.6 Palaeointensities -- 5.7 Summary -- 6 Statistical and mathematical analyses -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Intensity of remanence and susceptibility -- 6.3 Directional analyses -- 6.4 Analyses of vector components and their stability -- 6.5 Levels of direction analyses and sampling numbers -- 6.6 Magnetic fabric -- 7 Archaeological applications -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Archaeomagnetic dating -- 7.3 Other applications -- 8 Geomagnetic applications -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 The present geomagnetic field and historical observations -- 8.3 Secular variations and the drift of the non-dipole field -- 8.4 Polarity reversals, transitions and excursions -- 8.5 The general nature of the geomagnetic field -- 9 Geological applications -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Magnetic dating -- 9.3 Magnetic fabric -- 9.4 Sedimentological applications -- 9.5 Igneous and metamorphic rocks -- 9.6 Structural applications -- 9.7 Biological, weather, climatic, palaeontological and palaeogeographic aspects -- 9.8 Extraterrestrial studies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959781
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks -- 1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The first edition of this book was received more kindly than it deserved by some, and with some scepticism by others. It set out to present a simple, concise and reasonably comprehensive introduction to some of the theoretical and empirical criteria which may be used to define rock as a structural material. The objectives - reinforced by the change in title - remain the same, but the approach has been changed considerably and only one or two sections have been retained from the first edition. The particular aim in this edition is to provide a description of the mechanical behaviour of rocks, based firmly upon experimental data, which can be used to explain how rocks deform, fracture and yield, and to show how this knowledge can be used in design. The major emphasis is on the behaviour of rocks as materials, although in the later chapters the behaviour of discontinuities in rocks, and the way in of rock masses, is considered. which this can affect the behaviour If this edition is an improvement on the first edition it reflects the debt lowe to numerous people who have attempted to explain the rudiments of the subject to me. I should like to thank Peter Attewell and Roy Scott in particular. I should also like to thank Tony Price and Mike Gilbert whose work at Newcastle I have used shamelessly.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Engineering Description of Rocks1.1 Rock testing -- 1.2 Uniaxial or unconfined strength -- 1.3 Empirical field and laboratory tests -- 1.4 Porosity and permeability -- 1.5 Discontinuous rock -- 2 Stress and Strain -- 2.1 Stress at a point -- 2.2 Pore pressure and effective stress -- 2.3 Strain at a point -- 2.4 Representation of stress and strain -- 2.5 Relation between stress and strain -- 2.6 Geostatic stresses -- 2.7 Measurement of in situ stress -- 3 Rock Deformation -- 3.1 Rock tests in compression -- 3.2 Rock deformation in compression -- 3.3 Mechanics of microfracture -- 3.4 Rock macrofracture -- 3.5 The complete rock deformation curve -- 4 Rock Strength and Yield -- 4.1 Rock strength criteria -- 4.2 Yield criteria -- 4.3 The critical state concept -- 4.4 Triaxial testing -- 4.5 Axial and volumetric strain data -- 4.6 The Hvorslev surface in rocks -- 5 Time Dependency -- 5.1 Creep strain -- 5.2 Phenomenological models of creep -- 5.3 Time-dependent deformation -- 5.4 Time-dependent strength reduction -- 5.5 Cyclic loading -- 5.6 Rapid loading -- 6 Discontinuities in Rock Masses -- 6.1 Discontinuity measurement -- 6.2 Discontinuity orientation data -- 6.3 Shear resistance of a rock containing a discontinuity -- 6.4 Shear resistance of a discontinuity -- 6.5 A critical state model for rock discontinuity strength -- 6.6 Measurement of discontinuity shear resistance -- 7 Behaviour of Rock Masses -- 7.1 Discontinuity frequency -- 7.2 Rock mass classification systems -- 7.3 Rock mass strength criterion -- 7.4 The relevance of rock mass strength -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401092319
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids -- 2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    Abstract: Many of the desirable flavour and textural attributes of dairy products are due to their lipid components; consequently, milk lipids have, tradi­ tionally, been highly valued, in fact to the exclusion of other milk components in many cases. Today, milk is a major source of dietary lipids in western diets and although consumption of milk fat in the form of butter has declined in some countries, this has been offset in many cases by increasing consumption of cheese and fermented liquid dairy products. This text on milk lipids is the second in a series entitled Developments in Dairy Chemistry, the first being devoted to milk proteins. The series is produced as a co-ordinated treatise on dairy chemistry with the objective of providing an authoritative reference source for lecturers, researchers and advanced students. The biosynthesis, chemical, physical and nutritional properties of milk lipids have been reviewed in eight chapters by world experts. However, space does not permit consideration of the more product-related aspects of milk lipids which play major functional roles in several dairy products, especially cheese, dehydrated milks and butter.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Composition and Structure of Milk Lipids2. Influence of Nutritional Factors on the Yield, Composition and Physical Properties of Milk Fat -- 3. Origin of Milk Fat Globules and the Nature of the Milk Fat Globule Membrane -- 4. Physical Chemistry of Milk Fat Globules -- 5. Physical Properties and Modification of Milk Fat -- 6. Lipolytic Enzymes and Hydrolytic Rancidity in Milk and Milk Products -- 7. Lipid Oxidation -- 8. The Nutritional Significance of Lipids.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789401576765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (424 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Science—Philosophy. ; Knowledge, Theory of.
    Abstract: Content -- Theory and Measurement -- Vom Henker, vom Lügner und von ihrem Ende -- On the Current Status of the Issue of Scientific Realism -- Situation Semantics and the “Slingshot” Argument -- Notes on the Well-Made World -- Logical Foundations of Psychoanalytic Theory -- Friedlands Sterne oder Facta und Ficta -- Mathematics, the Empirical Facts, and Logical Necessity -- Quines Ontologiekriterium -- Zufall und Notwendigkeit in Wittgensteins Tractatus -- Moralbegründung ohne Metaphysik -- Probability as a Quasi-Theoretical Concept — J.V. Kries’ Sophisticated Account after a Century -- Valuations for Direct Propositional Logic -- Logical Semantics for Natural Language -- On How the Distinction between History and Philosophy of Science Should Not Be Drawn -- Vagueness and Alternative Logic -- The Rationalist Theory of Double Causality as an Object of Hume’s Criticism -- A Modest Concept of Moral Sense Perception -- Structuralism and Scientific Realism -- Deterministic and Probabilistic Reasons and Causes -- The Meaning of Probability Statements -- Normative Principles of Rational Communication -- Persönliche Anmerkungen.
    Description / Table of Contents: ContentTheory and Measurement -- Vom Henker, vom Lügner und von ihrem Ende -- On the Current Status of the Issue of Scientific Realism -- Situation Semantics and the “Slingshot” Argument -- Notes on the Well-Made World -- Logical Foundations of Psychoanalytic Theory -- Friedlands Sterne oder Facta und Ficta -- Mathematics, the Empirical Facts, and Logical Necessity -- Quines Ontologiekriterium -- Zufall und Notwendigkeit in Wittgensteins Tractatus -- Moralbegründung ohne Metaphysik -- Probability as a Quasi-Theoretical Concept - J.V. Kries’ Sophisticated Account after a Century -- Valuations for Direct Propositional Logic -- Logical Semantics for Natural Language -- On How the Distinction between History and Philosophy of Science Should Not Be Drawn -- Vagueness and Alternative Logic -- The Rationalist Theory of Double Causality as an Object of Hume’s Criticism -- A Modest Concept of Moral Sense Perception -- Structuralism and Scientific Realism -- Deterministic and Probabilistic Reasons and Causes -- The Meaning of Probability Statements -- Normative Principles of Rational Communication -- Persönliche Anmerkungen.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957756
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Surface activity -- 1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    Abstract: It is now twelve years since Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents appeared. Since the publication of that monograph the subject has expanded rapidly as the unique potential of surfactants has become known to a wider circle of scientists. In a recent review Menger (Accounts of Chemical Research, 12 (1979) 111) estimated that since 1970 there have been over 2800 publications on micelles and micellization alone. The topic of catalysis in micellar media was in an early stage of development in 1968 but the growth in this subject has given rise to an excellent textbook by Fendler and Fendler. We have felt for some time that a revision of Solubilization by Surface-Active Agents was overdue. The book has been out of print for some time. Owing to pressure of other work, Professor P. H. Elworthy and Dr C. B. Macfarlane were unable to undertake the work of revision but while working together on an undergraduate textbook the present authors decided to set to work, realizing both the impossibility of producing a comprehensive textbook and the need to alter the scope of the book. Micellar solubilization occurs over a relatively small surfactant concentration range; because of this and because the phenomenon is never observed in isolation, we have extended the text to include surface activity, emulsions and suspensions and, as our emphasis is on formulation of medicinal products, to the of the toxicology of surface-active agents.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Surface activity1.1 Amphipathic molecules -- 1.2 Surface activity in aqueous solution -- 1.3 Adsorption at liquid surfaces -- 1.4 Adsorption at solid surfaces -- 1.5 The wettability of solid surfaces -- 1.6 Modification of the surface properties of solids by adsorbed surfactants -- References -- 2. Phase behaviour of surfactants -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Liquid crystalline phases in binary surfactant systems -- 2.3 Liquid crystalline phases in ternary surfactant systems -- 2.4 Factors affecting phase behaviour -- 2.5 Quaternary phase systems -- References -- 3. Micellization -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Micellar structure -- 3.3 Micellar shape -- 3.4 Polydispersity of micellar size -- 3.5 Factors affecting the CMC and micellar size -- 3.6 Thermodynamics of micelle formation -- 3.7 Kinetics of micelle formation -- 3.8 Non-micellar association -- 3.9 Micelle formation in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 4. Surface activity and colloidal properties of drugs and naturally occurring substances -- 4.1 Colloidal properties of drugs -- 4.2 Some biological consequences of drug surface activity -- 4.3 Biological relevance of micelle formation by drug molecules -- 4.4 Naturally occurring micelle formers: the bile salts, phospholipids and related systems -- References -- 5. Solubilization -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Experimental methods of studying solubilization -- 5.3 Mobility of solubilizate molecules -- 5.4 Factors influencing solubilization -- 5.5 Effect of solubilizate on micellar properties -- 5.6 Solubilization in non-aqueous solvents -- References -- 6. Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solubilization of drugs -- 6.3 Pharmaceutical aspects of solubilization in non-aqueous systems -- 6.4 Solubilization with block co-polymeric surfactants -- 6.5 Polymer-surfactant interactions -- 6.6 Surfactant interactions with oppositely charged species -- 6.7 Hydrotropy in pharmaceutical systems -- References -- 7. Biological implications of surfactant presence in formulation -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of surfactants on dissolution of drugs -- 7.3 Effect of surfactants on membrane permeability -- 7.4 Effect of surfactants on drug absorption -- 7.5 Miscellaneous formulations and the influence of surfactants -- 7.6 Surfactants and antibacterial activity -- 7.7 Utilization of solubilization in drug delivery systems -- References -- 8. Emulsions -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Aspects of emulsion stability -- 8.3 Multiple emulsions -- 8.4 Microemulsions -- 8.5 Viscosity and rheological characteristics of emulsions -- 8.6 Solute disposition in emulsion systems -- 8.7 Biopharmaceutical aspects of emulsions -- References -- 9. Surfactants in suspension systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Settling of suspended particles -- 9.3 Suspension stability -- 9.4 Effect of surfactants on the adsorptive capacity of suspensions -- 9.5 Rheological characteristics of suspensions -- 9.6 Crystal changes in suspensions -- 9.7 Bacterial and other cell suspensions -- References -- 10. Aspects of surfactant toxicity -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Metabolism of surfactants -- 10.3 Interactions of surfactants with membranes and membrane components -- 10.4 Toxicology of surfactants -- 10.5 Surfactants and plant systems -- References -- 11. Reactivity in surfactant systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Chemistry at interfaces -- 11.3 Micellar reactions -- 11.4 Stability of drugs in surfactant systems -- 11.5 Stability of surfactant systems -- 11.6 Polymerization of surface-active molecules -- 11.7 Some analytical consequences of surfactant presence -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400966314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Concept of Machinability -- 1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    Abstract: In the manufacturing industries, despite the development and improvement of metal forming processes, a great deal of reliance is still placed on metal cutting processes and this will continue into the foreseeable future. Thus, there will continue to be a requirement for the development of improved cutting tool materials, workpiece materials, cutting fluids and testing methods; collectively this activity can be described as improving machinability. Machinability is a parameter which in many ways is vague, sometimes qualitative and very often misunderstood. The purpose of this text is to give a broad understanding of the concept, methods of assessment and ways of improving machinability to the manufacturing engineer, the metallurgist and the materials scientist. The text should also be of interest to those engaged in research in manufacturing engineering and metal cutting. The text, of necessity, does not attempt to give detailed information about the machining characteristics of a wide range of tool and workpiece materials. It is felt that this is beyond the scope of the book and is best left to other sources, such as machinability data banks and the Machining Handbook*, whose main objective is to present this kind of information. It is hoped that the reader will be able to progress logically from the fundamental aspects of the metal cutting process to the sections on the more specific topics of machinability including machinability testing and the properties of tool and workpiece materials which affect their machining performance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Concept of Machinability1.1. Introduction -- 1.2. Definition of Machinability -- 2 Fundamental Aspects of the Machining Process -- 2.1. Mechanics of Metal Cutting -- 2.2. Tool Wear -- 2.3. Surface Finish -- 2.4. Chip Formers -- 2.5. The Action of Cutting Fluids -- References -- 3 The Assessment of Machinability -- 3.1. Types of Machinability Test -- 3.2. Short Machinability Tests -- 3.3. Non-Machining Tests -- 3.4. Machining Tests -- 3.5. Combination of Machining Parameters -- 3.6. Machinability Assessment for Processes Other than Single Point Turning -- 3.7. Machinability Assessment Relating One Process to Another -- 3.8. On-Line Assessment of Tool Wear -- References -- 4 Tool Materials -- 4.1. Historical Background -- 4.2. Requirements of Tool Materials -- 4.3. High-Speed Steels -- 4.4. Cemented Carbides -- 4.5. Cast Cobalt Alloys -- 4.6. Ceramic Cutting Tool Materials -- 4.7. Diamond -- References -- 5 Workpiece Materials -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Ferrous Materials -- 5.3. Titanium Alloys -- 5.4. Nickel-Based Alloys -- 5.5. Aluminium Alloys -- 5.6. Magnesium and its Alloys -- 5.7. Copper and its Alloys -- References -- 6 The ISO Machinability Test -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Reference Work pieces -- 6.3. Reference Tool Materials and Tool Geometries -- 6.4. Reference Cutting Fluids -- 6.5. Cutting Conditions -- 6.6. Tool Life Criteria and Tool Wear Measurements -- 6.7. Tool Wear Measurement -- 6.8. Equipment -- 6.9. Tool Life Test Procedure -- 6.10. Evaluation of Tool Life Data -- 7 The Effect of Machinability Data on Metal Removal Performance and Economics -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Criteria of Performance -- 7.3. Economics of Turning Operations -- 7.4. Machining for Minimum Cost -- 7.5. Machining for Maximum Production -- 7.6. Machining for Maximum Profit -- 7.7. Machinability Data Applied to Milling -- 7.8. Reliability of Machinability Data -- Reference -- Appendix 1 Analysis to Determine Cutting Temperatures in Single Point Metal Cutting -- Appendix 2 Analyses for Two Short Absolute Machinability Tests -- A2.1 The Variable-Rate Machining Test -- A2.2 The Step Turning Test.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160018
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation -- 1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    Abstract: Earth structures engineering involves the analysis, design and construction of structures, such as slopes and dams, that are composed mainly of earth materials, and this is a growth area in geotechnical engineering practice. This growth is due largely to increased involvement in designing various types of earth structures for the resources industries (slopes, impoundment structures, offshore islands, mine backfills), to the development of increas­ ingly large hydroelectric projects, to the need for more freshwater storage and diversion schemes, and to the need for transportation, communications and other facilities in areas where the natural earth materials are occasionally subject to mass instabilities. Although geotechnical engineering transects traditional disciplinary boundaries of civil, geological and mining engineering, the majority of geotechnical engineers are graduates from civil engineering schools. Here the geotechnical instruction has been concentrated on soil mechanics and foundation engineering because foundation engineering has traditionally been the major component of geotechnical practice. Geotechnical special­ ists, however, generally have acquired considerable formal or informal training beyond their first engineering degree, and an advanced degree with considerable cross-discipline course content is still considered an advantage for a young engineer entering a career in geotechnical engineering. Practical job experience is, of course, a necessary part of professional development but is readily interpreted and assimilated only if the required background training has been obtained.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Earth structures and air photo interpretation1.1 Earth materials: soils and rock -- 1.2 Basic information sources -- 1.3 Air photo interpretation -- 1.4 Rock landforms -- 1.5 Glacial landforms -- 1.6 Lacustrine, marine and alluvial landforms -- 1.7 Eolian and residual landforms -- 1.8 Uses of air photos in earth structures engineering -- 1.9 Other remote sensing and probing techniques -- 1.10 Problems on air photo interpretation -- 2 Earth mechanics in earth structures engineering -- 2.1 Strength and deformation of earth materials -- 2.2 Ground water and earth structures -- 2.3 Settlement of earth structures -- 3 Embankments and tunnels -- 3.1 Embankments on soft ground -- 3.2 Soft-ground tunneling -- 3.3 Problems on bearing capacity and tunnels -- 4 Slope stability -- 4.1 Types of slope movements -- 4.2 Slope stability analyses -- 4.3 Design charts for slopes in homogeneous materials -- 4.4 Crest loadings, dynamic loadings, submergence and drawdown -- 4.5 Recommended design factors of safety and procedures -- 4.6 Construction considerations and remedial measures -- 4.7 Permanent retaining walls -- 4.8 Problems on slope stability -- 5 Earth dams -- 5.1 Types of earth dams -- 5.2 Dam design considerations -- 5.3 Foundation treatments and efficiencies -- 5.4 Dam settlements and distortion -- 5.5 Earthquake and rapid drawdown design -- 5.6 Some special considerations in construction of earth dams -- 5.7 Monitoring, performance and maintenance of earth dams -- 5.8 Mine-tailings dams and process-water impoundments -- 5.9 Problems on earth dams -- 6 Ground subsidence and mine backfill -- 6.1 Ground control using backfill -- 6.2 Cemented tailings backfill design -- 6.3 Use of uncemented tailings backfill -- 6.4 Subsidence and surface effects -- 6.5 Problems on mine backfill and subsidence -- Appendix: units and symbols -- References -- Answers to problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401173766
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Photosynthesis -- Role of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    Abstract: Food chemistry has grown considerably since its early foundations were laid. This has been brought about not only by research in this field, but also, and more importantly, bYiadvances in the basic sciences involved. In this second edition, the chapters dealing with fundamentals have been rewritten and strengthened. Three new chapters have been added, Water and Solutions, Colloids, and Minerals. The chapter on Fruits and Vegetables has been expanded to cover texture. Other chapters discuss flavor and colors, together with one on brown­ ing reactions. The last seven chapters give the student a background of the classes offood products and beverages encountered in everyday use. Each chapter includes a summary and a list of references and sug­ gested readings to assist the student in study and to obtain further information. Basic Food Chemistry is intended for college undergraduates and for use in food laboratories. The author wishes to express his appreciation to the following people, who reviewed the chapters on their respective specialties: Doctors L.R. Hackler, M. Keeney, B. Love, L.M. Massey, Jr., L.R. Mattick, W.B. Robinson, R.S. Shallenberger,D.F. Splittstoesser, E. Stotz, W.L. Sulz­ bacher, and J. Van Buren. In addition, the author wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. H.O. Hultin and Dr. F.W. Knapp for their reviews of the entire original manuscript and for their helpful comments. The author welcomes notices of errors and omissions as well as sug­ gestions and constructive criticism.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. PhotosynthesisRole of Chlorophyll -- Chemistry of Photosynthesis -- Summary -- 2. Water and Solutions -- The Structure of Water -- Solutions -- Summary -- 3. Colloids -- What Are Colloids? -- Behavior of Colloids in an Electric Field -- Syneresis -- Imbibition -- Emulsions -- Breaking of Emulsions -- Foams -- Viscosity -- Summary -- 4. Carbohydrates -- Monosaccharides -- Structure of Carbohydrates -- Carbohydrate Reactions -- Oligosaccharides -- Polysaccharides -- Digestion of Carbohydrates -- Qualitative Tests -- Quantitative Tests -- Summary -- 5. Lipids -- Simple Lipids -- Composite Lipids -- Derived Lipids -- Oxidation of Lipids -- Summary -- 6. Proteins -- Amino Acids -- Classification of Proteins -- Structure of Proteins -- Properties of Proteins -- Protein Synthesis -- Proteins in Foods -- Summary -- 7. Enzymes -- Classification -- Enzyme Composition -- Properties of Enzymes -- Enzyme Reactions -- Some Enzyme Applications in Food -- Summary -- 8. The Vitamins -- The Water-Soluble Vitamins -- The Fat-Soluble Vitamins -- Vitamins and Malnutrition -- Summary -- 9. Minerals -- Occurrence of Minerals -- Anionic Minerals -- Minerals in Canned Foods -- Summary -- 10. Flavor -- The Basic Tastes -- Flavors and Volatiles -- Flavor Enhancement -- Flavor Restoration and Deterioration -- Summary -- 11. Natural Colors -- Chemistry of Natural Coloring Matters -- Caramels and Melanoidins -- Color Determination -- Summary -- 12. Browning Reactions -- Enzymatic Browning -- Non-enzymatic Browning -- The Formation of Brown Pigments -- Inhibition of Browning -- Summary -- 13. Food Colorings -- Color Safety and Regulations -- Colors Exempt from Certification -- Color Analysis and Desired Properties -- Summary -- 14. Alcoholic Fermentation -- Wine -- Beer and Brewing -- Distilled Products -- Vinegar -- Summary -- 15. Baked Products -- Flour -- Leavening -- Summary -- 16. Milk and Milk Products -- Milk Composition -- Rancidity and Off-Flavor in Milk -- Cheese and Cheese Chemistry -- Fermentation in Milk -- Milk Products Other than Cheese -- Determination of Fat in Dairy Products -- Total Solids Analysis -- Summary -- 17. Coffee -- Composition of the Green Coffee Bean -- Changes During Roasting -- Roasted Coffee -- Coffee Products -- Summary -- 18. Tea -- Methods of Preparation -- Chemical Components of Tea -- Amino Acids -- Chemistry of Tea Manufacture -- Tea Aroma -- Summary -- 19. Cocoa and Chocolate -- Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Chemical Composition -- Changes During Manufacture of Cocoa and Chocolate -- Volatiles and Chocolate Flavor -- Chocolate and Cocoa Products -- Summary -- 20. Meat and Meat Products -- Muscle Composition -- Changes in Muscle After Slaughter and During Processing -- Effect of Ionizing Radiation -- Summary -- 21. Fruits and Vegetables -- Ripening and Post Harvest Changes -- Storage -- Chemistry Involved in the Texture of Fruits and Vegetables -- Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Introduction -- 1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    Abstract: This text and reference book was written because of the urgings of my colleagues here and abroad and also by my students to fill the need for a comprehensive book describing vegetables important as food crops of the world. in this book was first used as outlines for the course on The material world vegetables taught by the staff of the Department of Vegetable Crops at the University of California at Davis. Over the course of the decade the author taught the course, new topics were added with each succeeding year. In 1978 the handouts were revised and compiled into a syllabus. In addition to the students taking the course, the syllabus was purchased and used by others as a reference book. Word ofits existence travelled far; the syllabus is presently used by one other university in the United States and by another in a foreign country. This edition has been extensively revised; many new materials and references have been added. Included are many photographs taken by the author in his travels abroad. The book has three parts. The first is introductory and background meant for students who are not familiar with vegetables as food crops.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Introduction1 Vegetables and the World Food Supply -- 2 Origin and Evolution of Vegetables -- 3 Vegetable Classifications -- 4 Importance of Vegetables in Nutrition -- 5 Toxic Substances and Folk Medicinal Uses of Vegetables -- II Principles of Growing Vegetables -- 6 Environmental Factors Influencing the Growth of Vegetables -- 7 Devices and Means of Controlling Climate for Vegetable Production in Adverse Climates and During Off Seasons -- III World Vegetables -- 8 Global View of Vegetable Usage -- A Starchy Roots, Tubers and Fruits -- 9 White or Irish Potato -- 10 Sweet Potato -- 11 Cassava (Manioc) -- 12 Yam -- 13 Edible Aroids: Taro, Yautia, and Others -- 14 Other Starchy Underground Vegetables -- 15 Sweet Corn -- 16 Plantain (Starchy Banana) and Breadfruit -- B Succulent Roots, Bulbs, Tops, and Fruits -- 17 Alliums: Onion, Garlic, and Others -- 18 Composites -- 19 Crucifers -- 20 Umbellifers: Carrot, Celery, and Condiment Herbs -- 21 Vegetable Legumes -- 22 Solanaceous Fruits: Tomato, Eggplant, Peppers, and Others -- 23 Cucurbits -- 24 Chenopods -- 25 Other Succulent Vegetables.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401569217
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 296 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Treatise on Basic Philosophy 6
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Science—Philosophy. ; Knowledge, Theory of.
    Abstract: Understanding and Checking -- Understanding -- Producing Evidence -- Evaluating -- Variety and Unity -- Epistemic Change -- Kinds of Knowledge -- Upshot.
    Description / Table of Contents: Understanding and CheckingUnderstanding -- Producing Evidence -- Evaluating -- Variety and Unity -- Epistemic Change -- Kinds of Knowledge -- Upshot.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163705
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 1.1 The Mini-Steelworks—What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks—An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    Abstract: The contents of this volume cover all the major activities associated with small-scale steelmaking in mini-steelworks (except Direct Reduction, on which two comprehensive volumes have recently appeared - see refs 11 & 12, Chapter 2). There is, of course, an immediate problem of agreeing on a suitable definition of mini-steelworks and the entrepreneurial nature of many businesses based on the mini-steelplant route compounds this problem. Nevertheless, as is shown by the lucid review in the opening chapter, it is quite possible to derive a working definition of a mini­ steelworks. The succeeding chapters deal with steelmaking in a linear fashion; a survey of raw materials supply being followed by independent analyses of arc furnace practice, casting and rolling. The volume is rounded off by a consideration of the important topics of energy costs and environmental factors. As anyone associated with iron and steelmaking well knows, the indus­ try is not the exclusive preserve of the metallurgist, although he plays a prominent role in its activities. For this reason, it is hoped that the level of treatment will commend the book to a wide readership. that includes non-metallurgical professionals in plant management and elsewhere, as well as industrial metallurgists. Lecturers in universities, polytechnics and colleges of further education should find this volume useful as a course reader for final year and postgraduate studies of steelmaking.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Origins And Development Of Small-Scale Steelmaking1.1 The Mini-Steelworks-What is it? -- 1.2 Equipment for Mini-Steelworks-An Historical Perspective -- 1.3 Mini-Steelworks in the 1960s and Later -- 1.4 Technological Developments -- 1.5 Future Prospects -- References -- 2 Arc Furnace Feedstock -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Influence of Process Route and Other Factors on Scrap Availability -- 2.3 The Origins of Steel and Cast Iron Scrap -- 2.4 Scrap Preparation Plant and Associated Equipment -- 2.5 Technical Specification for Ferrous Scrap -- 2.6 Influence of Residuals on Steelmaking Practice -- 2.7 Other Sources of Iron -- 2.8 Other Materials -- References -- 3 Electric Arc Furnaces in Mini-Steelplants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Scope -- 3.3 Electrical Requirements -- 3.4 Furnace Design -- 3.5 Water-Cooled Panels -- 3.6 Computer Control of Electric Arc Melting Operations -- 3.7 Oxy-Fuel Burners -- 3.8 Scrap Preheating -- 3.9 Continuous Feeding -- 3.10 Foaming Slag -- 3.11 De-Oxidation Practice -- 3.12 Performance Criteria -- 3.13 Ladle Refining -- 3.14 Steels Produced in the Mini-Plant Arc Furnace -- 3.15 The Future of the Arc Furnace in the Mini-Steelplant -- References -- 4 Casting Methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Choice of Casting Route -- 4.3 The Ladle -- 4.4 Ingot Casting -- 4.5 Continuous Casting -- 4.6 In-Line Rolling -- 4.7 Horizontal Continuous Casting -- References -- 5 Rolling Mills for Mini-Steelplants -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Product Classification -- 5.3 The Steel Stock -- 5.4 Heating of the Steel for Rolling -- 5.5 Mill Layouts for Small-Scale Steelmaking -- 5.6 Roller Tables, Cooling Beds and Coilers -- 5.7 Shears and Saws -- 5.8 Mill Rolls -- 5.9 Mill Guides -- 5.10 Pass Design -- 5.11 Mill Drives -- 5.12 High Reduction Mills -- References -- 6 Energy Requirements and Environmental Constraints -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Overall Energy Requirements for Steelmaking -- 6.3 Steelmaking and the Environment -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401744126
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 495 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; International law.
    Abstract: The Community legal order -- Judicial review -- Other tasks of the Court of Justice -- Other Courts applying Community law -- Structure and Operation of the Court of Justice.
    Abstract: I. Purpose of the book § 1. The Court of Justice plays a significant role in the development of the European Communities, to some extent comparable with the role of the Supreme Court in the early years of the United States of America. Both are constitutional courts charged with the preservation and the development of the law in a new society. The powers of both are in fact limited by the 1 existing political situation. Each court plays a vital role in the protection of the individual against a vast and increasingly influential administration. In the present book the attempt is made to describe the nature of the ju­ dicial protection within the sphere of European Community law, that is available to individuals and undertakings as well as to the Member States. The study is heavily based on the case-law of the Court of Justice, which in principle is described rather than criticized, mainly for three reasons. (I) The author has great admiration for the Court of Justice and for the manner in which it operates. He considers that a detailed description of the Court's case-law portrays a fine legal system that is not susceptible to a great amount of fundamental criticism.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400974012
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 195 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- History -- Methods -- Structure -- 2 A Didactic Model -- Knowledge versus Skills -- A Classification of Educational Objectives -- 3 An Analysis of Teaching Methods in Higher Education -- Teaching Method and Teaching Medium -- Didactically Treated and Original Learning Material -- Conclusion-Oriented and Paradigmatic Instruction -- Knowledge Gaps and Misrepresentations of Knowledge -- Lectures -- Self-Study -- Discussion Groups -- Practicals -- Conclusion -- 4 The Scope and Limitations of Written Instruction -- Direct or Vicarious Experience -- Disadvantages of Written Instruction -- Properties of Written Instruction of a Combined Positive and Negative Character -- Advantages of Written Instruction -- Differences between Texts -- The Combination of Text and Image -- Activating the Reader -- The Literacy of the Student -- Recapitulation: The Limitations of Written Instruction -- 5 The Scope and Limitations of Audiovisual Teaching Media -- A Simple Division -- Auditory Registration -- Visual Registration -- Some Special Applications of Audiovisual Media -- Conclusion -- 6 The Scope and Limitations of Computerized Instruction -- Computers in Education -- The Technology of Computers: First Round -- Computer-Assisted Instruction: Didactic Possibilities -- The Technology of Computers: Software -- Testing by Means of a Computer -- Instructional Remediation by Means of a Computer -- Conclusion -- 7 Learning and The Choice of Instructional Medium -- The Problem -- Solutions of the Open University -- Solutions for an Open University -- Distance Learning Possibilities for Traditional Institutions -- 8 The Cost of Distance Learning -- The Economic Perspective -- Which Costs Will Be Examined? -- Determining the Costs of Instruction: Method and Assumptions -- The Costs of Written Materials -- The Costs of Auditory Registrations -- The Costs of Visual Registration -- The Costs of Computer-Assisted Instruction -- The Costs of Face-to-Face Teaching -- The Costs of Testing and Feedback -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    Abstract: History The present book is a translation and in part an adaptation of a study the authors conducted for the Dutch Ministry of Education. Several years ago, the Dutch authorities decided to found an Open University, a system of distance learning especially suited to students only able or willing to devote part of their time to their studies, and, moreover, not generally capable of studying at fixed times or places. A preparatory committee was created, which published a preliminary report in 1 1978. This report was largely concerned with the kinds of courses the Open University should offer and the kinds of students it planned to enroll. The report also discussed possible teaching methods or media of the Open University. The predominant conclusion was that written instruction should constitute the basic teaching medium, and that other media (e. g. , computerized instruction or televi­ sion) were only to be added if the written medium failed to realize the desired teaching objectives. This preference was mainly based on considerations of cost, since the committee expected written instruction to be the cheapest alternative possible. Whether this is in fact true will be discussed later in this book. We were then asked to reconsider the different possibilities of teaching methods and media in more detail, in terms of their differential teaching effects, costs of application, and the committee's preference for the print medium. Work was started on this assignment in 1978 and completed a year later.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9789401748650
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 374 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law
    Abstract: One: Aspects of the Judicial Process -- 1. Methodological problems faced by the International Court of Justice in the application of international law -- 2. The International Court of Justice and the non-appearing respondent -- 3. The International Court of Justice and the indication of provisional measures of protection -- 4. The limits of the right of intervention in a case before the International Court of Justice -- 5. The international Court of Justice and the nuclear tests cases -- 6. The doctrine of inter-temporal law -- 7. New perspectives and conceptions in contemporary public international law -- Two: International Law and Development -- 8. Sovereign immunity and commercial transactions -- 9. The work of international organizations in the economic and social fields -- 10. The rule-making process and the future of international law -- Three: Legal Aspects of the New International Economic Order -- 11. Basic principles and perspectives of the New International Economic Order -- 12. The New International Economic Order and human rights -- Four: Human Rights and Diplomatic Law -- 13. Regional commissions on human rights with special reference to Africa -- 14. Recent trends in diplomatic law and human rights -- Five: The International Court of Justice and Africa -- 15. The era of protectorates, colonies and capitulations -- 16. The era of decolonization -- 17. The disappearance of the mandate and trusteeship systems -- Table of international court cases -- List of treaties, conventions, statutes, etc.
    Abstract: This book groups together recent studies of some of the most significant features of contemporary public international law. It straddles some five differing aspects of the living law of the United Nations. Although written on diverse occasions and for different purposes, they are nevertheless animated by the common ideal of analysing and synthesising current issues with which the International Court of Justice, the United Nations Organization itself and related law-making organs and institutions have been grappling in the last five years or so. The treatment of the subjects with which they deal and the manner of their orientation naturally differ both in scope and in depth of analysing, depending upon the particular aspects of international law under consideration. They open up not only new horizons but also, as one of its chapters indicates, new conceptions and perspectives in current international law. Old topics are re-examined from new angles, some new topics are studied in such a way as to relate them to their customary roots and pristine significance in legal thought. There are five main parts. The first and inevitably the longest division deals with the international judicial process in nearly all its modern ramifications as exemplified in the work of the Court. The first study deals with problems of method associated with the internal judicial practice of the Court from the moment the public hearings have been completed up to the delivery of the judgment; in other words, how the Court judges a case.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401097840
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (314 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401097840
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 307 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 302
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: 1 Individual Differences -- 2 The School Teacher -- 3 The University Teacher -- 4 The General Practitioner -- 5 The Hospital Doctor -- 6 The Occupational Physician -- 7 The Physiotherapist -- 8 The Psychotherapist -- 9 The Police Officer: Myths and realities -- 10 The Judge -- 11 The Referee -- 12 The Professional Negotiator: Roles, resources and the run of the cards -- 13 The Salesman -- 14 The Industrial Sales Team -- 15 The French: A cross-cultural comparison -- 16 Learning Conversations: the skill of managing learning -- 17 Final Discussion -- Author Index.
    Abstract: W. T. SINGLETON THE CONCEPT This is the fourth in a series of books devoted to the study of real skills. A skilled person is one who achieves his objectives effectively, that is by an optimal expenditure of effort, attention and other resources working within his native capacities of strength, vision, intelligence, sensitivity and so forth. It is difficult if not impossible to measure in a quantitative sense. There is, however, no question about its presence or absence. The differences between a highly skilled performer and a mediocre one are so readily manifest that there is no ambiguity. The student of skill is a person interested in what these differences are and how they originate. The importance and the difficulty of skill study is that the concept is a univ~rsal one for human activity. The movement of one limb can be skilled or unskilled within the context of a task, so also can the way a leader addresses a large meeting of his followers. For these and other equally disparate activities there are certain descriptive terms which always seem to be applicable: continuity, sequencing, timing, together with a subtle combination of sensi­ tivity, adaptability and imperturbability. What happens at any instant is set precisely with the flow from what has already happened to what is going to happen. The order of events has a determinate logic which may not be obvious to the observer except with the benefit of hindsight.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Individual Differences2 The School Teacher -- 3 The University Teacher -- 4 The General Practitioner -- 5 The Hospital Doctor -- 6 The Occupational Physician -- 7 The Physiotherapist -- 8 The Psychotherapist -- 9 The Police Officer: Myths and realities -- 10 The Judge -- 11 The Referee -- 12 The Professional Negotiator: Roles, resources and the run of the cards -- 13 The Salesman -- 14 The Industrial Sales Team -- 15 The French: A cross-cultural comparison -- 16 Learning Conversations: the skill of managing learning -- 17 Final Discussion -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400977297
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (371 pages)
    Series Statement: Sociology of the Sciences Yearbook Ser. v.6
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306/.45
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401097819
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (157 pages)
    Series Statement: Studies in Development Paediatrics Ser. v.4
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 303.3/2
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Note: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169790
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 472 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering has been writ­ ten as a reference source for use in the packaging design of electronics equip­ ment. It is designed to provide a single convenient source for the solution of re­ curring design problems. The primary consideration of any design is that the end product meet or exceed the applicable product specifications. The judicious use of uniform design practices will realize the following economies and equipment improvements: • Economics of design. Uniform design practices will result in less engineering and design times and lower costs. They will also reduce the number of changes that may be required due to poor reliability, maintainability, or producibility. • Improved design. Better designs with increased reliability, maintainability, and producibility will result from the use of uniform design practices. • Production economies. Uniform designs employing standard available tools, materials, and parts will result in the cost control of manufacturing. The Handbook is intended primarily for the serious student of electronics packaging and for those engineers and designers actively engaged in this vital and interesting profession. It attempts to present electronics packaging as it is today. It can be used as a training text for instructional purposes and as a reference source for the practicing designer and engineer
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering: Definition and purpose of electronics packaging and the role of the Designer and Engineer.2 Project Planning: Defining the task to be performed, estimating the documentation, labor, costs, and scheduling. -- 3 Human Factors Engineering: Designing the man-machine interface. Achieving success through the integration of the Human into the system. -- 4 Fabrication Processes: The Designer and Engineer must have a good knowledge of the manufacturing processes used in the production of electronics equipment. -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners: Reliability of available mechanical fastening devices and their applications, strength, and protective finishes. -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control: One of the most critical problems in electronics packaging is the removal of excessive heat. A simplified method of Thermal design. -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design: Shock and vibration become problems long before the equipment is installed. A quick empirical method of evaluating the mechanical stability of the equipment. -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies: Experience has shown that the so-called “scrambled” parts and wiring are not acceptable for reliable electronics equipment. -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics: Equipment must be protected from the harsh environments of Space. Some of this data is useful in ground installations where severe environments may be encountered. -- 10 Environmental Protection: Methods and materials for the protection of equipment in harsh applications, including rain, dust, heat, salt water atmosphere, etc. -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding: An ideal equipment would not radiate unwanted energy, nor would it be susceptable to unwanted radiations. Designing seals and enclosures for EMI/RFI environments. -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems: The advantage of the miniaturized, compact equipment is the ease with which it can be ruggedized. In modern electronics space is often limited. -- 13 Wiring and Cabling: Conductors play an important role in reliable electronics equipment. Conductor variation have become as complex as the electronics they serve. -- 14 Materials and Processes: Material availability and the applications they serve. How and what to use in specific designs. -- 15 Safety: The design of every electronics equipment must employ features to protect the operating and maintenance personnel. Protection must also be enforced to prevent inadvertant damage to the machine. -- 16 Printed Circuits: Printed wiring can produce a more reliable and lower cost product. -- 17 Reference Tables and and Figures: Standard data of commercially available and military hardware. Engineering standards and measures. -- 18 Terminology: Terminology used in Engineering design and manufacturing. Communications.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9789401711395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 160 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Political science.
    Abstract: I Theory -- 1 The Problem: Economic Analysis and the Rise of New Regulation -- 2 Ideology: An Explanation for Public Policy Making -- 3 Roll Call Voting by Congress -- II Evidence -- 4 Public Interest Lobbies -- 5 Voting on Minimum Wages -- 6 Ideology and Logrolling -- 7 Empirical Estimation of the General Equilibrium Model -- III Contributions -- 8 A Comparison of the 1972 and 1978 Elections: Role of the PACs -- 9 Some Additional Effects of Contributions -- 10 Conclusions and Implications -- Appendix: Analysis of Econometric Models with Qualitative Dependent Variables -- References.
    Abstract: In a sense, this book might seem like a strange undertaking for two economists. The material seems to be much closer to political science than to economics; our topic is the determinants of congressional voting. Legislatures and roll call voting are traditionally in the domain of political science. This introduction is intended to explain why we have found this book worth writing. Today the economy functions in a regulated framework. Whether or not there ever was a "golden age" of laissez faire capitalism is an issue for historians; such an age does not now exist. One implication of the high degree of politicization of the modern economy is that one cannot any longer study economics divorced from politics. The rise to prominence of the field of public choice is one strong piece of evidence about what many economists see as the significant influence of the political sector over what would seem to be purely economic variables. A more homey example may also be used to il­ lustrate the phenomenon of increased politicization of the economy. All economists have had the experience of lecturing on the unemployment­ creating effects of a minimum wage or on the shortage-creating implications of price controls, only to have a student ask: "But if that is so, why do we have those laws?" One way of viewing this book is as an attempt to answer that question.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400978195
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (212p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Modern Science 12
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; History ; Evolution (Biology).
    Abstract: I Knowledge of Birds in the Eighteenth Century -- II Brisson and Buffon: Ornithology 1760–1780 -- III New Data 1780–1830 -- VI Loci of New Data: Collections 1786–1830 -- V Ornithological Publications: 1780–1800 -- VI Focus on Classification: Ornithology 1800–1820 -- VII The Emergence of a Discipline: Ornithology 1820–1850 -- VIII The Significance of the Emergence of Ornithology as a Scientific Discipline -- Notes.
    Abstract: A number of years ago I began a project to derme and evaluate the impact of Buffon's Histoire naturelle on the science of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. My attention, however, was soon diverted by the striking difference between the highly literary natural history of Buffon and the duller, but more rigor­ ous, zoology of his successors, and I began to try to understand this transformation of natural history into a set of separate scientific disciplines (geology, botany, ornithology, entomology, ichthyology, etc. ). Historical literature on the emergence of the biological sciences in the early nineteenth century is, unfortunately, scant. ! Indeed the entire issue of the emergence of scientific disciplines in general is poorly documented. A recent collection of articles on the subject states: One reason for this is, of course, that scientific development is a highly com­ plex process. Consequently, there has been a tendency for those engaged in its empirical study to select for close attention one strand or a small number of strands from the complicated web of social and intellectual factors at work. Many historians, for example, have dealt primarily with the internal development of scientific knowledge within given fields of inquiry. Sociologists, in contrast, have tended to concentrate on the social processes associated with the activities of scientists; but at the same time 2 they have largely ignored the intellectual content of science.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: General Considerations -- The phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    Abstract: INFORMATION concerning phase equilibria, such as can be represented by equilibrium diagrams is important in a number of fields of scientific study, and especially in metallurgy, ceramics, and chemistry. Materials of interest in these fields range through single-component to multi-component sys­ tems, the latter often being very complex. While many industrially im­ portant systems can be represented adequately by binary equilibrium diagrams, ternary diagrams provide a basis for studying a wide range of the more complex systems, such as are encountered in certain industrial alloys, and in slags and ceramics. A number of texts dealing with ternary systems are already available (see for example references 2-8). Some of these are very comprehensive and include many diagrams, and their use will take the student of the sub­ ject to an advanced and detailed level of understanding. The present mono­ graph is intended primarily as an introductory text, which it is hoped will prove useful for undergraduate and postgraduate students of metallurgy and ceramics, in particular. Special attention is given to the requirement of the metallurgist and ceramist to use phase diagrams as a means of under­ standing phase changes that occur during heating and cooling, as in solidi­ fication and heat treatment of alloys. This aspect is emphasized in terms of the principles of solidification reactions in relation to solid state constitu­ tion, particularly making use of liquidus and solidus projections.
    Description / Table of Contents: General ConsiderationsThe phase rule -- The ternary space model -- 2 Systems Containing Two Phases -- 3 Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems Containing Three Phases -- Systems containing a eutectic reaction L ?? + #x03B2; -- Systems containing a peritectic reaction L + ? ? #x03B2; -- Transition between eutectic and peritectic three-phase reactions -- Systems containing a monotectic reaction L1? L2 + ? -- Systems containing a solid state miscibility gap that closes within 36 the system -- 4 Systems Containing Four Phases -- Systems containing a ternary eutectic reaction -- 4.2 Fundamental (2,2) Two-Dimensional Lattice Structures -- 5 Reversible Logic: Fundamentals and New Results -- An intermediate phase stable up to its melting point (i.e. con- 66 gruently melting) exists in one of the binary systems -- An intermediate phase formed by a peritectic reaction exists in one of the binary systems -- More than one binary intermediate phase exists in the system -- Ternary intermediate phases are present -- 6 Reversible Lattice Structure -- Primary phase fields on a liquidus projection -- Curves on a liquidus projection -- Points on a liquidus projection -- Non-equilibrium cooling -- 7 Selected Case Studies of Ternary Systems -- C-Nb-ta -- As-Ga-Zn -- Au-Pb-Sn -- Al-Cr-Ni -- C-Cr-Fe, Cr-Fe-Ni and C-Cr-Fe-Ni -- Fe-O-S -- Ag-Pb-Zn -- Al203-MgO-Si02 -- Answers to Problems -- References -- Graph Paper for Calculations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959460
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials (A1) -- 1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load—extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    Abstract: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service modern transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the first of two books planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 1 is intended to cover the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science II. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her initiative. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to a Technician qualification. The importance of the college lecturer and his individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student. The book is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment to attain his or her objective. Numerous fully worked and exercise examples are given. Plenty of practice in solving problems is an excellent way to gain knowledge of the subject, and improve confidence in preparation for an examination.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Materials (A1)1.1 Stress and strain -- 1.2 Hooke’s Law and Young’s Modulus -- 1.3 Testing of materials: load-extension graphs -- Exercises 1.1 -- 2. Heat -- 2.1 Linear and cubical expansion (B2) -- Exercises 2.1 -- 2.2 Sensible heat and latent heat (B3) -- 2.3 Specific heat capacity -- 2.4 Boiling point of liquids -- Exercises 2.2 -- 2.5 Elementary thermodynamics (B4) -- Exercises 2.3 -- 2.6 Compression ratios (B5) -- Exercises 2.4 -- 2.7 Engine power and efficiency (B6) -- Exercises 2.5 -- 2.8 Internal combustion engine cycles -- 2.9 Imep, bmep and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.6 -- 2.10 Engine torque and brake power -- 2.11 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- Exercises 2.7 -- 2.12 Engine testing and characteristic curves -- 2.13 Conservation of energy -- 2.14 Indicated power and mechanical efficiency -- Exercises 2.8 -- Exercises 2.9 -- 2.15 Fuel consumption and thermal efficiency -- 2.16 Ignition tests -- 2.17 Heat balance tests -- Exercises 2.10 -- 2.18 Fuels used in IC engines (B7) -- 3. Dynamics -- 3.1 Velocity and acceleration (C8) -- Exercises 3.1 -- 3.2 Free falling and projected bodies -- Exercises 3.2 -- 3.3 Angular and linear motion (C9) -- Exercises 3.3 -- 3.4 Friction and bearings (C10) -- Exercises 3.4 -- 3.5 Clutches -- Exercises 3.5 -- 3.6 Brakes -- Exercises 3.6 -- 4. Lubrication (D11) -- 4.1 Principles of bearings and their uses -- 4.2 Ball and roller bearings -- 4.3 Properties of lubricating oils -- 5. Statics -- 5.1 Triangle and polygon of forces (E13) -- 5.2 Piston, connecting rod and cylinder wall forces -- 5.3 Torque at the crankshaft -- 5.4 Piston displacement -- 5.5 Wheel balance -- Exercises 5.1 -- 5.6 Principle of moments (E14) -- 5.7 Centre of gravity -- Exercises 5.2 -- 5.8 Reaction of beam supports (E15) -- 5.9 Bending moments and shearing forces -- Exercises 5.3 -- 5.10 Springs and torsion bars (E16) -- Exercises 5.4 -- 5.11 Transmission and steering components (E17) -- Exercises 5.5 -- 6. Electricity (F18) -- 6.1 The secondary cell -- 6.2 Battery developments -- Exercises 6.1 -- 7. Miscellaneous exercises -- 7.1 Materials -- 7.2 Heat -- 7.3 Dynamics -- 7.4 Statics -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959583
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: This book is mainly based on lectures given by Professor D. R. Cox and myself at Birkbeck College over a period of eight to nine years. It began as a. joint venture, but pressure of other work made it necessary for Professor Cox to withdraw early on. I have throughout received much valuable advice and encouragement from Professor Cox, but of course, I am solely responsible for the text, and any errors remaining in it. The book is intended as a first course on statistical methods, and there is a liberal supply of exercises. Although the mathematical level of the book is low, I have tried to explain carefully the logical reasoning behind the use of the methods discussed. Some of the exercises which require more difficult mathematics are marked with an asterisk, and these may be omitted. In this way, I hope that the book will satisfy the needs for a course on statistical methods at a range of mathematical levels. It is essential for the reader to work through the numerical exercises, for only in this way can he grasp the full meaning and usefulness of the statistical techniques, and gain practice in the interpretation of the results. Chapters 7 and 8 discuss methods appropriate for use on ranked or discrete data, and Chapters 9-12 do not depend on these chapters. Chapters 7 and 8 may therefore be omitted, if desired.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Examples of random variation -- 1.2 One-dimensional frequency distributions -- 1.3 Summarizing quantities -- 1.4 Frequency distributions in two or more dimensions -- 1.5 Some illustrative examples -- 1.6 Populations, samples and probability -- 2 Probability and Probability Distributions -- 2.1 Probability -- 2.2 Addition law of probability -- 2.3 Conditional probability and statistical independence -- 2.4 Examples -- 2.5 Discrete random variables -- 2.6 Continuous random variables -- 2.7 Several random variables -- 3 Expectation and its Applications -- 3.1 Expectation -- 3.2 Variance -- 3.3 Higher moments -- 3.4 Dependence and covariance -- 3.5 Normal models -- 4 Sampling Distributions and Statistical Inference -- 4.1 Statistical inference -- 4.2 Pseudo random deviates -- 4.3 A sampling experiment -- 4.4 Estimation -- 4.5 Significance tests -- 5 Single Sample Problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Point estimates of µ and ?2 -- 5.3 Interval estimates for µ (?2 unknown) -- 5.4 Interval estimates for ?2 -- 5.5 Significance test for a mean -- 5.6 Significance test for a variance -- 5.7 Departures from assumptions -- 6 Two Sample Problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The comparison of two independent sample means -- 6.3 The comparison of two independent sample variances -- 6.4 Analysis of paired samples -- 6.5 An example -- 6.6 Departures from assumptions -- 7 Non-parametric Tests -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Normal approximation to the binomial distribution -- 7.3 The sign test -- 7.4 The signed rank (Wilcoxon one sample) test -- 7.5 Two sample rank (Wilcoxon) test -- 7.6 Discussion -- 8 The Analysis of Discrete Data -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Distributions and approximations -- 8.3 Inference about a single Poisson mean -- 8.4 Inference about a single binomial probability -- 8.5 The comparison of two Poisson variates -- 8.6 The comparison of two binomial variates -- 8.7 Comparison of proportions in matched pairs -- 8.8 Examination of Poisson frequency table -- 8.9 Examination of binomial frequency tables -- 8.10 Comparison of observed and expected frequencies -- 8.11 Contingency tables -- 8.12 A tasting experiment -- 9 Statistical Models and Least Squares -- 9.1 General points -- 9.2 An example -- 9.3 Least squares -- 10 Linear Regression -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Least squares estimates -- 10.3 Properties of ? and ? -- 10.4 Predictions from regressions -- 10.5 Comparison of two regression lines -- 10.6 Equally spaced x-values -- 10.7 Use of residuals -- 10.8 Discussion of models -- 11 Multiple Regression -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Theory for two explanatory variables only -- 11.3 Analysis of Example 11.2 -- 11.4 Discussion -- 12 Analysis of Variance -- 12.1 The problem -- 12.2 Theory of one-way analysis of variance -- 12.3 Procedure for analysis -- 12.4 Two-way analysis of variance -- 12.5 Linear contrasts -- 12.6 Randomized blocks -- 12.7 Components of variance -- 12.8 Departures from assumptions -- Miscellaneous Exercises -- Appendix One Notes on calculation and computing 307 -- Appendix Two Statistical tables -- Appendix Three Hints to the solution of selected exercises -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400973022
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social service. ; Personality. ; Difference (Psychology). ; Community psychology.
    Abstract: I The Social Psychological Approach -- 1 The Social Psychological Approach -- II The Nature of Social Psychology -- 2 The Character of Social Psychology -- 3 Relationships -- 4 Identity -- 5 Groups -- 6 Environment -- 7 Personal and Social Change -- 8 Central Tenets of SPA Explanation and Analysis -- III The Nature of Social Work -- 9 The Structure of Social Work -- 10 BASW and Social Work -- 11 Demands and Skills -- IV Theory Use -- 12 Levels of Analysis in Social Work -- 13 How to Use a Theory -- V The Spa in Practice -- 14 Disablement -- 15 Group Homes -- 16 Child Battering -- 17 Community Work -- 18 Mental Illness -- 19 Use of the SPA by the Client -- 20 Student Supervision -- VI Analyst, Analyse Thyself -- Preface -- 21 The Position of the Social Work Profession -- 22 The Position of the Individual Social Worker -- VII Theory into Action -- 23 Theory into Action: A Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: This book was created to describe the social psychological approach (SPA) to the social work process. It has long been asserted that social workers need to understand and use social psychology in their practice. Yet the literature avail· able to social workers has been limited. There have been no texts on social psychology specifically designed for social workers. Instead, social workers have been presented with various forms of individual psychology and macrosociol­ ogy. There is, however, an important contribution which social psychology, the study of the individual in a social context, can make to the social work process. This contribution is the central concern of this book. Consequently, the book is seen as filling a fundamental gap in the existing social work literature. The structure of the book is dictated by the belief that social workers and social psychologists should collaborate in evolving a social psychological model of social work practice. Such a model, the result of collaboration between a social worker and a social psychologist, is presented here. The book is addressed not simply to teachers and students of social work but also, specifically, to social work practitioners and to social psychologists besides all those who deal with social work problems. In addressing a wide audience, it is important to estab­ lish a lingua franca: social workers need to understand the basics of social psychology and social psychologists must understand the basis of social work practice.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Social Psychological Approach1 The Social Psychological Approach -- II The Nature of Social Psychology -- 2 The Character of Social Psychology -- 3 Relationships -- 4 Identity -- 5 Groups -- 6 Environment -- 7 Personal and Social Change -- 8 Central Tenets of SPA Explanation and Analysis -- III The Nature of Social Work -- 9 The Structure of Social Work -- 10 BASW and Social Work -- 11 Demands and Skills -- IV Theory Use -- 12 Levels of Analysis in Social Work -- 13 How to Use a Theory -- V The Spa in Practice -- 14 Disablement -- 15 Group Homes -- 16 Child Battering -- 17 Community Work -- 18 Mental Illness -- 19 Use of the SPA by the Client -- 20 Student Supervision -- VI Analyst, Analyse Thyself -- Preface -- 21 The Position of the Social Work Profession -- 22 The Position of the Individual Social Worker -- VII Theory into Action -- 23 Theory into Action: A Conclusion -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400977969
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (384p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 501
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Background and Some Current Problems of Theoretical EcologyA Succession of Paradigms in Ecology: Essentialism to Materialism and Probabilism -- A Note on Simberloff’s ‘Succession of Paradigms in Ecology’ -- Dialectics and Reductionism in Ecology -- Reply -- Reductionistic Research Strategies and Their Biases in the Units of Selection Controversy -- Ecology - A Mixture of Pattern and Probabilism -- Useful Concepts for Predictive Ecology -- The Domain of Laboratory Ecology -- Null Hypotheses in Ecology -- The Role of Theoretical Concepts in Understanding the Ecological Theatre: A Case Study on Island Biogeography -- Randomness and Perceived-Randomness in Evolutionary Biology -- Why Misunderstand the Evolutionary Half of Biology? -- Natural Kinds, Natural History and Ecology -- Index of Names -- Index of Subjects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789400957787
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- References to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    Abstract: The writing of this book was prompted by the need for a comprehensive of current data on organic acids suitable for both newcomers and collection established researchers in this field. The only previous text of the kind was the excellent review by Nordmann and Nordmann (1961), and at that time the main method of analysis was paper chromatography with liquid chromatography being used in a limited way. Only three diseases in which organic acids accumulate were known (primary hyperoxaluria, phenylketonuria and alcaptonuria). Since then, with the development of gas chromatography and mass spectrometry, and the further development ofliquid chromatography, knowledge concerning the nature of the organic acids in physiological fluids has been greatly extended. At the same time, the number of organic acidurias has increased dramatically, there being now some 40-50 known diseases of this type. During the past 15 years or so, there have been several reviews, dealing with either specific diseases or groups of diseases (Gompertz, 1972, 1974; Tanaka, 1975), or presenting the proceedings of symposia (Stern and Toothill, 1972) or workshops (Marner et al. , 1974). This present text deals comprehensively and in detail with the organic acids in human physiological fluids in health and in disease states, and is particularly concerned with the methods necessary for their separation, determination and indentification.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionReferences to Preface and Chapter 1 -- I: Methods -- 2 Extraction of Organic Acids from Physiological Fluids -- 3 Derivatives of Organic Acids -- 4 Separation, Quantification and Identification -- 5 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry -- 6 Volatile Carboxylic Acids -- References to Part I -- II: Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids from Normal Subjects -- 7 Organic Acids in Blood and Urine from Normal Healthy Adults and Children -- 8 Organic Acids in Physiological Fluids Other than Urine and Blood -- References to Part II -- III: Organic Acids in Human Metabolic Diseases (The Organic Acidurias) -- 9 Organic Acids in the Study of Metabolic Diseases -- 10 Disorders of Branched-Chain Amino Acid Metabolism -- 11 Disorders of Propionate and Methylmalonate Metabolism -- 12 Specific Causes of Congenital Keto Acidosis in Infants -- 13 Disorders of l-Lysine Metabolism -- 14 The Dicarboxylic Acidurias -- 15 Congenital Lactic Acidurias and Disorders of Pyruvate Metabolism -- 16 Organic Acidurias due to Disorders in Other Metabolic Pathways -- Appendix of Mass-Spectrometric and Gas-Chromatographic Data.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959491
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    Abstract: The student of biological science in his final years as an undergraduate and his first years as a graduate is expected to gain some familiarity with current research at the frontiers of his discipline. New research work is published in a perplexing diversity of publications and is inevitably concerned with the minutiae of the subject. The sheer number of research journals and papers also causes confusion and difficulties of assimilation. Review articles usually presuppose a background knowledge of the field and are inevitably rather restricted in scope. There is thus a need for short but authoritative introductions to those areas of modern biological research which are either not dealt with in standard introductory textbooks or are not dealt with in sufficient detail to enable the student to go on from them to read scholarly reviews with profit. This series of books is designed to satisfy this need. The authors have been asked to produce a brief outline of their subject assuming that their readers will have read and remembered much of a standard introductory textbook of biology. This outline then sets out to provide by building on this basis, the conceptual framework within which modern research work is progressing and aims to give the reader an indication of the problems, both conceptual and practical, which must be overcome if progress is to be maintained.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Biological membranes -- 2.1 Components of biological membranes -- 2.2 The phospholipid bilayer -- 2.3 Fluidity of the bilayer -- 2.4 Reservations on the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure -- References -- 3 Membrane lipids -- 3.1 Fatty acyl chains -- 3.2 Phase transitions -- 3.3 Trans-bilayer asymmetry -- References -- 4 Membrane proteins -- 4.1 Integral membrane proteins -- 4.2 Peripheral membrane proteins -- References -- 5 Membrane biosynthesis -- 5.1 Membrane lipid synthesis -- 5.2 Membrane protein synthesis -- 5.3 Integral protein synthesis -- 5.4 Peripheral membrane proteins -- 5.5 Factors affecting intracellular localization -- 5.6 Membrane turnover -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401163842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Preliminaries -- 1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors—algebra -- 1.2 Vectors—calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics—equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations—rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics—rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics—polar coordinates—radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending—moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending—governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates—radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features—rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results—corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve—curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface—first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature—second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n—the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary—the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    Abstract: Adding another volume, even if only a slim one, to the technical books already published requires some justification. Mine is, firstly, that plate theory is not well represented in the available elementary texts, and secondly that no existing text adequately covers modern applications. The present account is intended to be elementary (though this is a relative term) while still providing stimulation and worthwhile experience for the reader. Special features of interest will I hope be the treatment of geometry of surfaces and the attempts around the end of the work to speculate a little. The detailed treatment of geometry of surfaces has been placed in an appendix where it can readily be referred to by the reader. My interest in plate theory extends back many years to the energetic and stimulating discussions with my supervisor, Professor R. W. Tiffen, at Birkbeck College, London, and a debt to him remains. Interest was rekindled for me by Dr R. E. Melchers when I supervised him in Cambridge some ten years ago, and more recently my stay at Strathclyde University and encouragement and stimulation in the Civil Engineering Department led me to undertake the present work. The typescript was prepared by Ms Catherine Drummond and I thank her warmly for this and other assistance, always cheerfully offered. My thanks also to the publishers and the referees for useful comments and advice. P.G.L.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preliminaries1.0 Motivation -- 1.1 Vectors-algebra -- 1.2 Vectors-calculus -- 1.3 Matrices -- 1.4 Statics-equilibrium -- 1.5 Summation convention and index notation -- 1.6 Elements of beam theory -- 1.7 Conclusions -- 2. Statics and Kinematics of Plate Bending -- 2.0 Introduction -- 2.1 The stress resultants -- 2.2 Principal values -- 2.3 The moment circle -- 2.4 Equilibrium equations-rectangular coordinates -- 2.5 Plate bending kinematics-rectangular coordinates -- 2.6 Equilibrium equations-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.7 Plate bending kinematics-polar coordinates-radial symmetry -- 2.8 Conclusions -- 3. Elastic Plates -- 3.0 Introduction -- 3.1 Elastic theory of plate bending-moment/curvature relations -- 3.2 Elastic theory of plate bending-governing equation -- 3.3 Circular plates-radial symmetry -- 3.4 Some simple solutions for circular plates -- 3.5 Simple solutions for problems in rectangular coordinates -- 3.6 Further separation of variable features-rectangular plates -- 3.7 Solution by finite differences -- 3.8 Some other aspects of plate theory -- 3.9 Stability of plates -- 3.10 Conclusions -- 4. Plastic Plates -- 4.0 Introduction -- A. Solid metal plates -- B. Reinforced concrete plates -- 5. Optimal Plates -- 5.0 Introduction -- 5.1 Problem formulation -- 5.2 Constant curvature surfaces and principal directions -- 5.3 Basic results-corners -- 5.4 Some complete results -- 5.5 Moment volumes -- 5.6 Some theory -- 5.7 Conclusions -- 5.8 Exercises -- 6. Bibliography and Exercises -- 6.0 Bibliography -- 6.1 Exercises -- Appendix Geometry of Surfaces -- A.0 The need for geometry -- A.1 Geometry of a plane curve-curvature -- A.2 Length measurement on a surface-first fundamental form -- A.3 The normal to a surface -- A.4 Normal curvature-second fundamental form -- A.5 The derivatives of n-the Weingarten equations -- A.6 Directions on a surface -- A.7 The principal curvatures -- A.8 Principal directions -- A.9 Curvature and twist along the coordinate lines -- A.10 The curvature matrix -- A.11 The curvature circle -- A.12 Continuity requirements -- A.13 Special surfaces -- A.14 Summary-the geometrical quantities required for the construction of a plate theory.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959187
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Glass Formation -- 1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    Abstract: 'The preface ... either serves for the explanation of the purpose of the book, or for justification and as an answer to critics'. Lermontov This book is based mainly on the lectures on the Chemistry of Glasses which I gave at the University of Sheffield to the final year honours and postgraduate students of Glass Technology and Materials Science. Most books reflect the interests and enthusiasm of their authors, and the present one is no exception. The chemistry of glass is a rapidly developing field because the frontiers of advanced chemistry and advanced physics are merging together and con­ sequently this book will soon require considerable amplification and modification. However, my experience in teaching the chemistry of glasses for more than a decade has shown me that there is much need for a good text-book on the subject. This book is therefore intended to be a stop-gap which, until it receives that new revision. may serve as a useful reference work for students and research workers alike. I gratefully acknowledge the influence on my thinking of many of those colleagues at Sheffield with whom I have been in contact during the past twenty years or so. In addition to these personal influences, other published works have had considerable influence in modifying my approach. especially Cotton and Wilkinson's Advanced inorganic Chemistry. Dr Peter James helped me in writing Chapter 2, and Professor Peter McMillan not only read the whole manuscript but also made a number of most helpful suggestions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Glass Formation1.1 General Aspects -- 1.2 Glass Formers -- 1.3 Atomistic Hypotheses of Glass Formation -- 1.4 Kinetic Approach to Glass Formation -- 2 Phase Transformations in Glass -- 2.1 Crystallization -- 2.2 Liquid -Liquid Phase Separation -- 2.3 Glass-Ceramics -- 3 Physical Properties -- 3.1 Density of Glasses -- 3.2 Partial Molar Volume of Constituent Oxides in Glasses and Melts -- 3.3 Refractive Index of Glasses -- 3.4 Thermal Expansion of Glasses -- 3.5 Viscosity of Glasses -- 3.6 Surface Tension of Glasses -- 3.7 Electrical Properties of Glasses -- 4 Chemical Durability of Glass -- 4.1 Mechanism of Reactions of Glasses with Aqueous Solution -- 4.2 Factors Affecting Chemical Durability Measurements of a Glass -- 4.3 Effect of Glass Composition -- 4.4 Effect of pH of the Solution on Chemical Durability of SiO2 (quartz) -- 4.5 Solubility of Silica in Aqueous Solutions -- 4.6 Glass Electrodes -- 5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 5.1 General -- 5.2 Activity Corrections -- 5.3 Oxidation -Reduction in Glass -- 5.4 Theory of Redox Reactions in Solutions -- 6 Acid-Base Concepts in Glass -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Acid-Base Relationships in Glasses -- 6.3 Oxygen Ion Activity -- 6.4 Transition Metal Ions as Acid-Base Indicators in Glass -- 6.5 Oxidation-Reduction Equilibrium in Glass -- 6.6 Filled Shell Ions with ns2 Configuration as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 6.7 Vanadylion as an Acid-Base Indicator in Glass -- 7 Coloured Glasses -- 7.1 Atomic Structure and the Periodic Classification of Transition Metals -- 7.2 Theories of Chemical Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes -- 7.3 Application of Bonding Theories in Interpreting d-d Absorption Spectra -- 7.4 Absorption Spectra of Transition Metal Ions -- 7.5 Charge-Transfer Bands -- 7.6 Anionic Substitution in Glass -- 7.7 Photosensitive Glasses -- 7.8 Copper Ruby Glasses -- 7.9 Measurement of Colour, Colour Diagram and Tristimulus Values -- 8 Polymetric Nature of Glass Melts.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400974555
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 210 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Technology—Philosophy.
    Abstract: One. Nature -- I Introduction: The Background -- II Matter -- III Universals: The Forms -- IV Universals: The Qualities -- V The Universe -- Two. Human Nature -- VI Man: Needs and Drives -- VII Man: Perversity -- VIII Mind: Perception -- IX Mind: Conception -- X Morality: The Good -- XI Morality: The Bad -- XII Rhetoric -- XIII Politics -- XIV Art -- XV Religion -- XVI Conclusion: The Foreground.
    Abstract: In the following pages I have endeavored to show the impact on philosophy of tech­ nology and science; more specifically, I have tried to make up for the neglect by the classical philosophers of the historic role of technology and also to suggest what positive effects on philosophy the ahnost daily advances in the physical sciences might have. Above all, I wanted to remind the ontologist of his debt to the artificer: tech­ nology with its recent gigantic achievements has introduced a new ingredient into the world, and so is sure to influence our knowledge of what there is. This book, then, could as well have been called 'Ethnotechnology: An Explanation of Human Behavior by Means of Material Culture', but the picture is a complex one, and there are many more special problems that need to be prominently featured in the discussion. Human culture never goes forward on all fronts at the same time. In our era it is unquestionably not only technology but also the sciences which are making the most rapid progress. Philosophy has not been very successful at keeping up with them. As a consequence there is an 'enormous gulf between scientists and philosophers today, a gulf which is as large as it has ever been. ' (1) I can see that with science moving so rapidly, its current lessons for philosophy might well be outmoded tomorrow.
    Description / Table of Contents: One. NatureI Introduction: The Background -- II Matter -- III Universals: The Forms -- IV Universals: The Qualities -- V The Universe -- Two. Human Nature -- VI Man: Needs and Drives -- VII Man: Perversity -- VIII Mind: Perception -- IX Mind: Conception -- X Morality: The Good -- XI Morality: The Bad -- XII Rhetoric -- XIII Politics -- XIV Art -- XV Religion -- XVI Conclusion: The Foreground.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400957268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Background and outline -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    Abstract: In the early 1970s a start was made on a broad review of what was known or could be surmised about sedimentation by strong tidal currents on modern continental shelves. This task was initiated because of the need to define the next phase of research in this field by the Marine Geology Group of the Institute of Oceano­ graphic Sciences. Related indications of the longer term evolution of the deposits were sought by close reference to the nature of modern tidal currents and the supposedly offshore tidal deposits of ancient seas. As the review grew in completeness it became of increasing relevance to a wider audience so it was amalgamated with the new results and shaped as a book. The fruits of the long-continued discussions within and outside the Geology Group have served to improve understanding of the processes and products of offshore tidal current sedimentation. On the other hand, the discussions have blurred the parts played by the people concerned. This applies to all chapters in varying degrees, but is especially true for Chapters 3, 4 and 5. The authorship attributed to each chapter therefore seeks to reflect those who were most con­ cerned with it.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Background and outline1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History of research on modern offshore tidal current sedimentation -- 1.3 A depositional surface for late Holocene deposits -- 1.4 Limits and outline of the book -- 2. Tidal currents of the continental shelf -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Tide generating forces and the ocean’s response -- 2.3 Tidal currents in shelf seas -- 2.4 Net sand transport caused by tidal current asymmetries -- 2.5 Flow near the sea floor -- 2.6 Internal tides -- 2.7 Tides past -- 2.8 Main conclusions -- 3. Bedforms -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Relevant flume bedforms -- 3.3 Transverse bedforms of the continental shelf 34 -- 3.4 Longitudinal bedforms of the continental shelf -- 3.5 Relationship between bedforms -- 3.6 Aeolian equivalents -- 3.7 Main conclusions -- 4. Sand transport -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Relation of sand transport rate to tidal current speed -- 4.3 Geographical variation in sand transport rate -- 4.4 Net sand transport by tidal currents -- 4.5 Temporal variations of sand transport rate and direction in a tidal sea -- 4.6 Growth, migration and decay of sand waves in the Southern Bight of the North Sea by total water movements -- 4.7 Local sand transport on modern sand banks -- 4.8 Main conclusions -- 5. Offshore tidal deposits: sand sheet and sand bank facies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Late Holocene sand and gravel sheet facies -- 5.3 Sand bank facies -- 5.4 Sediment and faunal indicators of shape, depth and exposure of continental shelves -- 5.5 Longer term evolution of the deposits -- 5.6 Sand and gravel deposits of non-tidal marine currents -- 5.7 Main conclusions -- 6. Shelly faunas associated with temperate offshore tidal deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Faunal associations -- 6.3 Bioturbation -- 6.4 Topics and areas excluded -- 6.5 Temperate water regions studied and their geological importance -- 6.6 Faunas in shallow nearshore waters -- 6.7 Faunas of the middle and outer continental shelf -- 6.8 Faunas of a bed-load parting -- 6.9 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Western English Channel -- 6.10 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Bristol Channel -- 6.11 Faunas associated with bedform zones in the Southern North Sea -- 6.12 Faunas associated with bedform zones on the Atlantic continental shelf between Brittany and Scotland -- 6.13 Faunas of active sand banks -- 6.14 Faunal evidence for stability of sand waves -- 6.15 Faunas as environmental indicators -- 6.16 Factors determining the faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels -- 6.17 Age of temperate water carbonates -- 6.18 Relative proportions of the major carbonate producers in death assemblages of continental shelf carbonates -- 6.18.1 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels in the strong current areas, Western English Channel and Celtic Sea -- 6.18.2 Faunal composition of death assemblages in shell gravels on the continental shelf west of Scotland -- 6.19 Temporal changes in the faunal composition of shell gravels -- 6.20 Long term evolution of temperate shelf carbonates -- 6.21 Applications to the fossil record -- 6.22 Main conclusions -- 7. Ancient offshore tidal deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Recognition of ancient offshore tidal current activity -- 7.3 Structures preserved in ancient offshore tidal current deposits -- 7.4 Tidal currents aided by storm processes -- 7.5 Factors controlling the structure and composition of offshore tidal sediments through geological time -- 7.6 Some possible palaeotidal regimes -- 7.7 Sedimentology of a tidal sea: the Lower Greensand of southern England -- 7.8 Tidal currents through geological time: implications for future studies -- 7.9 Main conclusions -- REFERENCES.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958869
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept -- 2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    Abstract: The increased interest in multiple forms of enzymes that began with the application of new methods of fractionation to preparations of enzymes and other proteins some 25 years ago led quickly to an appreciation that the existence of enzymes in multiple forms, or isoenzymes, is a general phenomenon. The results of pioneering studies and those which followed in the early years of isoenzyme research consisted, not surprisingly, mainly of descriptions of the existence and characteristics of hetero­ geneity in various enzyme systems. Summaries of these results were provided in books such as J . H. Wilkinson's I soenzymes, the first edition of which appeared in 1965. Some clearer ideas of the nature of the phenomena had become apparent by the time that the second edition of Isoenzymes was called for in 1970, and a limited use of the word isoenzymes itself, to describe only certain of the various categories of enzyme multiplicity then recognized, was already being proposed. Nevertheless, a largely enzyme-by-enzyme oTganization of the contents of the book was still appropriate. Considerable advances, both experimental and conceptual, were made in isoenzyme research in the 1970s, and in 1977 Professor Wilkinson suggested to the present author that these should be taken into account in a joint revision of Isoenzymes. Professor Wilkinson's untimely death put. an end to this project and the present book is therefore the work of a single author.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Multiple Forms of Enzymes and the Emergence of the Isoenzyme Concept2. Origins and Structures of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Origins of isoenzymes -- Structural differences between isoenzymes and their investigation -- Non-isoenzymic multiple forms of enzymes -- 3. Differences in Properties between Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Catalytic differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Physicochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Immunochemical differences between multiple forms of enzymes -- Properties of multiple forms of enzymes: general considerations -- 4. Distribution and Biological Functions of Multiple Forms of Enzymes -- Distribution of enzymes determined by multiple gene loci -- Physiological function of multiple forms of enzymes -- 5. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Phylogeny and Genetics -- Gene duplication and the evolution of multiple loci -- Genetics of isoenzymes -- 6. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Ontogeny -- Changes during normal development -- Changes associated with abnormal development -- 7. Multiple Forms of Enzymes in Diagnostic Enzymology -- Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes -- Creatine kinase isoenzymes -- Multiple forms of alkaline phosphatase -- Acid phosphatase isoenzymes -- Other isoenzymes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959330
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Measurement1.1 Measurement scales -- 1.2 Physical quantities -- 1.3 Accuracy and errors -- 1.4 Sampling -- 1.5 Further reading -- 2 Mathematics -- 2.1 Basic algebra -- 2.2 Vectors -- 2.3 Functions and graphs -- 2.4 Rate of change, gradients and limits -- 2.5 Differentiation -- 2.6 Maxima and minima: optimization -- 2.7 Partial differentiation -- 2.8 Anti-derivatives and integration -- 2.9 Equations of motion -- 2.10 Differential equations -- 2.11 Further examples of integration in mechanics -- 2.12 Further reading -- 3 Statistics -- 3.1 Describing data -- 3.2 Probability and the normal distribution -- 3.3 Hypothesis testing -- 3.4 Testing differences between means -- 3.5 The analysis of variance -- 3.6 The chi-square test -- 3.7 Correlation -- 3.8 Regression -- 3.9 Non-linear relationships -- 3.10 Multiple regression and correlation -- 3.11 Further statistics -- 3.12 Further reading -- 4 Computing -- 4.1 What are computers? -- 4.2 Using the computer -- 4.3 Data analysis using computers -- 4.4 Non-package computing -- 4.5 Glossary of computer terminology -- 4.6 Further reading -- 5 Laboratory techniques -- 5.1 Tools of the trade -- 5.2 Standard chemical techniques -- 5.3 Laboratory analysis of soils and sediments -- 5.4 Further reading -- 6 Microscopy -- 6.1 Components and operation of microscopes -- 6.2 Biological microscopy -- 6.3 Minerals in polarized light: the petrological microscope -- 6.4 The identification of minerals in thin section -- 6.5 Identification of detrital grains -- 6.6 Further reading -- 7 Remote sensing -- 7.1 Why remote sensing? -- 7.2 The electromagnetic spectrum -- 7.3 Remote sensing techniques -- 7.4 Viewing aerial photographs -- 7.5 Interpretation of aerial photographs -- 7.6 Further reading -- 8 Maps -- 8.1 World maps -- 8.2 Local maps -- 8.3 Map conventions -- 8.4 Measurements from maps -- 8.5 Geological maps -- 8.6 Weather maps -- 8.7 Further reading -- 9 Surveying -- 9.1 Instruments -- 9.2 Location of a point-resection -- 9.3 Location of points-traverses -- 9.4 Height measurement -- 9.5 Construction of a map -- 9.6 Organization and planning of a survey -- 9.7 Further reading -- 10 Social surveys -- 10.1 Types of social survey -- 10.2 Planning the survey -- 10.3 Questionnaire design -- 10.4 The selection of respondents -- 10.5 Carrying out the survey -- 10.6 After the survey -- 10.7 Further reading -- 11 Project evaluation -- 11.1 Cost benefit analysis -- 11.2 An example of cost benefit analysis -- 11.3 Environmental impact assessment -- 11.4 Impact assessment techniques -- 11.5 Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959439
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials (A) -- 1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    Abstract: A motor vehicle technician has to attain high technological skills to enable him or her to diagnose faults and service transport vehicles and their components. Science is a branch of study concerned with the systematic investigation of observed facts, and forms an important foundation on which to build sound engineering practice. Such a background will stimulate personal development by increasing confidence and intellectual ability. This is the second of two books which have been planned to cover the TEe U77/413 and 415 Motor Vehicle Science II and III Model programmes of study. Part 2 covers the requirements of Motor Vehicle Science III. The fundamental principles of engineering science have been applied to the motor vehicle in a systematic and progressive manner to enable the reader to follow most of the work on his or her own initiative. Emphasis has again been placed on the provision of many fully worked examples, some having more than one method of solution. These together with a large number of exercise examples enable the student to improve subject knowledge and gain that vital confidence so necessary for examinations. The book is aimed mainly at the student who is attending a recognized college course leading to full Technician qualification. It is designed to become a valid source of information to assist the student both in and out of the classroom environment, but the importance of the college lecturer and his or her individual method of teaching the subject remains of prime importance to the student.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Materials (A)1.1 Heat treatment -- 1.2 Materials and testing -- 1.3 Metal fatigue -- 1.4 Safety factor -- 1.5 Shear strain -- 1.6 Punching holes in a material -- 1.7 Bending and torsion -- Exercises -- 2. Engine indicator diagrams (B2) -- 2.1 Engine indicators -- 2.2 Converting an indicator diagram -- 2.3 Interpretation of indicator diagrams -- 3. Combustion processes (B3) -- 3.1 Specific heat capacity of a gas -- 3.2 Expansion and compression of gases -- 3.3 Engine temperature and pressure calculations -- 3.4 Efficiency of an engine -- 3.5 General comparison between petrol and compression ignition engines -- 3.6 Octane rating -- 3.7 Cetane number and diesel index -- 3.8 Detonation -- 3.9 Fuel additives -- 3.10 Volumetric efficiency -- Exercises -- 4. Air-fuel ratios and exhaust products (B4) -- 4.1 Air-fuel ratios: petrol engine -- 4.2 Air-fuel ratios: CI oil engine -- 4.3 Determination of air-fuel ratios -- 4.4 Mixture strength and side effects -- 4.5 Air-fuel ratio and power output -- 4.6 Combustion calculations -- 4.7 Consumption loop or hook curve -- Exercises -- 5. Archimedes’ Principle (B5) -- 5.1 Hydrostatics and hydraulics -- 5.2 Archimedes’ principle -- 5.3 Floating bodies -- Exercises -- 6. Fluids and energy (B6) -- 6.1 Pressure -- 6.2 The manometer -- 6.3 Energy of liquids -- 6.4 Bernoulli’s law -- 6.5 Quantity flow -- 6.6 The Venturi unit -- 6.7 Actual flow of liquids through an orifice -- 6.8 Gas velocities -- Exercises -- 7. Hydraulic mechanisms and machines (B7) -- 7.1 Hydraulic machines -- 7.2 Hydraulic intensifier -- 7.3 Hydraulic brakes -- 7.4 The law of a machine -- Exercises -- 8. Variable torque, force and work done (C8) -- 8.1 Variable torque -- 8.2 Work done -- 8.3 Couples -- Exercises -- 9. Angular motion (C9) -- 9.1 Angular velocity and angular acceleration -- 9.2 Power -- Exercises -- 10. Inertia force, mass and acceleration (C10) -- 10.1 Mass -- 10.2 Newton’s first and second laws of motion -- 10.3 Momentum -- 10.4 Braking efficiency and stopping distance -- 10.5 Newton’s third law of motion -- Exercises -- 11. Potential and kinetic energy (C11) -- 11.1 Potential energy -- 11.2 Kinetic energy -- 11.3 Conservation of energy -- 11.4 Conservation of momentum -- 11.5 Energy loss when bodies collide -- 11.6 Moment of inertia -- 11.7 Kinetic energy of a rotating body -- 11.8 Radius of gyration -- Exercises -- 12. Tractive effort and tractive resistance (C12) -- 12.1 Tractive effort -- 12.2 Tractive resistance -- 12.3 Undergeared and overgeared vehicles -- 12.4 Engine characteristics and gear ratios -- 12.5 Constant power and tractive-effort/road-speed curves -- 12.6 Data and methods for setting final drive and gearbox ratios -- Exercises -- 13. Centripetal force and balancing (C13) -- 13.1 Centripetal acceleration -- 13.2 Centripetal and centrifugal force -- 13.3 Balancing of rotating masses -- 13.4 Piston movement and inertia -- 13.5 Engine balance -- Exercises -- 14. Stability of vehicles in curved paths (C14) -- 14.1 Vehicle on curved level road -- 14.2 Vehicle on curved banked track -- 14.3 Vehicle on a reversed banked track -- 14.4 Arched or hump-back bridges -- 14.5 Road dip or depression -- Exercises -- 15. Transference of wheel loading (C15) -- 15.1 Vehicle weight transfer: retardation -- 15.2 Vehicle weight transfer: acceleration -- 15.3 Maximum possible acceleration: level road -- 15.4 Transferred weight: vehicle in curved path -- Exercises -- 16. Simple harmonic motion (C16) -- 16.1 The conical pendulum -- 16.2 The Watt centrifugal governor -- 16.3 The simple pendulum -- Exercises -- 17. Relative velocity (C17) -- 17.1 Definition and diagrams -- 17.2 Angular velocity of a link or lever -- 17.3 Relative velocity of points on a wheel -- Exercises -- Answers to Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789400976368
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (190p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Biology—Philosophy.
    Abstract: The conceptual bases of plant morphology -- Commentary on Dr. Cusset’s paper -- Principles in plant morphogenesis -- Commentary on Dr. Mohr’s paper: Deterministic and probabilistic approaches to plant development -- A morphogenetic basis for plant morphology -- Mathematical models of plant morphogenesis -- Rules of growth: Some comments on Erickson’s models of plant growth -- Chance and design in the construction of plants -- Commentary on Dr. Tomlinson’s paper.
    Abstract: This volume presents the proceedings of a symposium which I organised for the Developmental Section of the Xlllth International Botanical Congress at Sydney, Australia on August 26, 1981. The paper by Professor T. Sachs, which was received too late for inclusion into the symposium at Sydney, was added to these proceedings because of its direct relevancy and importance. The aim of the symposium was to state in an explicit and comprehensive fashion the most basic axioms and principles of plant morphology and morphogenesis. An awareness of these axioms and principles is of paramount importance since they form. the foundations as well as the goal of structural developmental botany. Both teaching and research are predicated on them. The Introduction by the editor briefly examines the meaning of the concepts "axiom", "principle", and "plant construction". The comprehensive paper by Dr. G. Cusset, a unique historical overview, explicates 37 principles of 5 major conceptual systems and many subsystems. The extensive analysis includes a genealogy of ideas and ways of thinking of major authors ranging from philosophers and naturalists of antiquity to recent investigators of plant form and structure. The bibliography of Dr. Cusset I s paper comprises ca. 700 references. The contribution by Professor H. Mohr focusses on modern principles of morphogenesis and provides a penetrating analysis of scientific explanation in developmental biology. The universal principles (laws) described in this paper apply to all living systems, whereas the more specific principles are limited to plants or only higher plants. Professor T.
    Description / Table of Contents: The conceptual bases of plant morphologyCommentary on Dr. Cusset’s paper -- Principles in plant morphogenesis -- Commentary on Dr. Mohr’s paper: Deterministic and probabilistic approaches to plant development -- A morphogenetic basis for plant morphology -- Mathematical models of plant morphogenesis -- Rules of growth: Some comments on Erickson’s models of plant growth -- Chance and design in the construction of plants -- Commentary on Dr. Tomlinson’s paper.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789401164917
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (V, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Glacial Models1 The Evolution of the Rocky Mountain Glacial Model -- 2 Processes and Patterns of Glacial Erosion -- 3 A Glacial Process-Form Model -- 4 The Morphologic Sequence Concept and Deglaciation of Southern New England -- 2 Glacial Landforms -- 5 Morphometry in Glacial Geomorphology -- 6 Rates of Formation of Glacial Features in Glacier Bay, Alaska -- 7 Origin of Drumlins -- 8 Reappraisal of the Glaciated Appalachian Plateau -- 3 Other Terrain Considerations -- 9 Ice-Wedge Polygons of Northern Alaska -- 10 History of Glacial Lake Wawarsing, Southeast New York -- 11 The Relationship of River Terrace Formation to Glaciation in the Shoshone River Basin, Western Wyoming -- 12 Glacial Grooves and Periglacial Features in the Saharan Ordovician -- 4 Practical Applications -- 13 Buried Glacial Geomorphology -- 14 Glacial Landforms and Civil Engineering -- 15 Glacial Geology in Rural Land Use Planning and Zoning -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    ISBN: 9789401197281
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Dosage Design — Past, Present and Future -- 2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate — An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    Abstract: The use of gamma-emitting radionuclides for diagnostic imaging in nuclear medicine has been established for many years. Sophisticated gamma ray detecting camera systems and computer links enable the clinical investigator to image different regions of the body and to quantify organ function. Parallel developments have also occurred in the field of radiopharmaceuticals, and today a wide range of products is available that will exhibit specific uptake within target tissues following parenteral administration. For example, radioiodide is taken up by the thyroid and iodinated fatty acids can be used to image the myocardium. Labelled antibodies have been used with success to target certain tumours. The concept of targeting has also been considered by pharmaceutical scientists who wish to deliver drugs rather than radionuclides to specific sites in the body. The systems that have been employed are often physically similar to those used as radiopharmaceuticals (for example colloids, aerosols and liposomes). Furthermore, pioneering work by Digenis and others in the United States States and by Alpsten and co-workers (1976)in Sweden had demonstrated the potential of gamma scintigraphy for investigating the fate of tablets and capsules in the gastrointestinal tract of man in a non­ invasive way. In 1979, the Biopharmaceutics Research Group at Nottingham together with academic pharmacists from Manchester held a one-day syffiposium at Nottingham University to discuss how radio­ nuclides could be used in drug formulation studies to provide better approaches for the delivery of drugs to their sitesof action.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Dosage Design - Past, Present and Future2. Radiopharmaceutical Targeting in Nuclear Medicine -- 3. Data Handling and Computation in Radionuclide Studies -- 4. Choice of Radionuclides for Scintigraphy -- 5. Formulation of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 6. Quality Control of Radiopharmaceuticals -- 7. Radiopharmaceutical Distribution Studies in the Rat -- 8. Studies of Radiolabelled Preparations in the Rabbit -- 9. The Utilisation of Short-Lived Radionuclides in the Assessment of Formulation and In Vivo Disposition of Drugs -- 10. Gastrointestinal Transit of Gamma-Emitting Radionuclide Labelled Preparations -- 11. Use of Multiple Pinhole External Scintigraphy to Monitor Tablet Disintegration in Vivo -- 12. Spreading Characteristics of Proprietary Rectal Steroid Preparations -- 13. In Vivo Radioimmunodetection of Cancer -- 14. Therapeutic Aerosol Deposition -- 15. The Evaluation of Parenterally Administered Emulsion Formulations -- 16. In Vivo Distributions of 99mTc-Labelled Liposomes -- 17. Factors Influencing the Clearance Rates of Colloidal Particles from the Rabbit Knee Joint -- 18. The Distribution of Radiolabelled Drug in Animals Infected with Cutaneous Leishmaniasis: Comparison of Free and Liposome-Bound Sodium Stibogluconate -- 19. Poster Abstracts -- 19.1 (1-11C)-Acetate - An Agent for the Tomographic Study of Myocardial Metabolism -- 19.2 Bone Scanning in Breast Cancer: Identification of the High-Risk Patient to Increase Positive Yield -- 19.3 Analysis of Gastric Emptying: a Standardised Technique -- 19.4 Intestinal Transit Time of 51Cr-Labelled Pellets of Different Densities -- 19.5 Deposition of Cobalt-57 in the Rat -- 19.6 Studies on the Systemic Bioavailability of Buprenorphine by Various Routes of Administration -- 19.7 The Clearance of Liposomes Administered by the Intramuscular Route -- 19.8 The Clearance of Polystyrene Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.9 The Clearance of Albumin Microspheres from an Intramuscular Injection Site -- 19.10 Gastric Emptying of Oils in the Rat -- 19.11 Evaluation of an Oral Sustained-Release Preparation by Gamma Scintigraphy -- 19.12 Spreading of Suppository Bases Assessed with Histological and Scintigraphic Techniques -- 19.13 Studies on Microencapsulation using Radionuclides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401766579
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 316 p) , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition with an Introduction by P.E. de Josselin de Jong
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde
    Series Statement: Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Religion. ; Ethnology. ; Culture.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400959385
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to high performance liquid chromatography1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Nomenclature -- 1.3 Liquid Chromatography Modes -- 1.4 Scope of Techniques -- References -- 2 Chromatographic theory -- 2.1 The Process of Separation -- 2.2 Retention in Liquid Chromatography -- 2.3 Band Broadening-Origins -- 2.4 Band Broadening and the Plate Height Equation -- 2.5 Overall Plate Height Equation -- 2.6 Comparison with Gas Chromatography -- 2.7 Column Efficiency and Particle Diameter -- 2.8 Reduced Plate Height and Reduced Velocity -- 2.9 Extra-Column Band Broadening -- 2.10 Resolution -- 2.11 Resolution and Time for Analysis -- 2.12 Theory of Exclusion Chromatography -- References -- 3 Equipment -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mobile Phase (Solvent) Reservoirs and Solvent Degassing -- 3.3 Pumping Systems -- 3.4 Flow Controllers -- 3.5 Solvent Flow Programming Equipment -- 3.6 Pulse Damping -- 3.7 Pressure Measurement -- 3.8 Filters -- 3.9 Sample Introduction Systems -- 3.10 Columns and Column Fittings -- 3.11 Column Thermostats -- 3.12 Liquid Chromatography Detectors -- 3.13 Flow rate Measurement -- 3.14 Fraction Collectors -- 3.15 Data Handling -- 3.16 Microprocessor Controlled HPLC -- References -- 4. Stationary phases in liquid chromatography -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Stationary Phase Types -- 4.3 Coltimn Packing Techniques -- 4.4 Liquid-Solid Chromatography -- 4.5 Liquid-Liquid Chromatography -- 4.6 Ion-Exchange Chromatography -- 4.7 Exclusion Chromatography -- 4.8 Care of Columns -- References -- 5. Mobile phases in liquid chromatography -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Solvent Qualities -- 5.3 liquid-Solid Chromatography -- 5.4 Liquid-Liquid Chromatography -- 5.5 Ion-Exchange Chromatography -- 5.6 Exclusion Chromatography -- 5.7 Gradient Elution -- References -- 6. Developing a chromatogram -- 6.1 Nature of the Problem -- 6.2 Choice of Chromatographic Mode -- 6.3 Selection of Stationary Phase and Mobile Phase -- 6.4 Choice of Detector -- 6.5 Chromatographic Separation -- 6.6 The General Elution Problem -- 6.7 Quantitative Analysis -- References -- 7. Preparative high performance liquid chromatography and trace analysis -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Stages in Preparative HPLC -- 7.3 Infinite Diameter Columns -- 7.4 Packing of a Preparative Column -- 7.5 Summary of Preparative HPLC -- 7.6 Trace Analysis -- References -- 8. Applications of high performance liquid chromatography -- 8.1 Pharmaceuticals -- 8.2 Biochemicals -- 8.3 Food Chemicals -- 8.4 Heavy Industrial Chemicals -- 8.5 Inorganic -- 8.6 Miscellaneous -- Compound Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400969346
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: History
    Abstract: Changes in the socio-economic status of the Belgian nobility in the nineteenth century -- Industrialization and economic growth in the Netherlands during the nineteenth century: an integration of recent studies -- A ‘New’ and an ‘Old Trend’. Military thinking in the Netherlands and the Dutch East around the turn of the century -- Van Karnebeek’s break with tradition -- A cheque drawn on a failing bank: the address delivered by Queen Wilhelmina on 6th/7th December 1942 -- The Great Strike of 1960–61: its economic and socio-political background -- Survey of recent historical works on Belgium and the Netherlands published in Dutch -- Authors and Translators.
    Abstract: The present volume, number 15 of the Acta Historiae Neerlandicae - which have been appearing since 1978 under the title The Low Countries History Yearbook - is the last of the series. Economic reasons force the publishers to discontinue it. This is a matter for regret. Both the editors of the Yearbook and the board of the Nederlands Historisch Genootschap, under the auspices of which it has been published, are con­ vinced that the books serve a useful purpose. We hope that in the future more favour­ able circumstances will enable Dutch and Flemish historians to start a second series. We feel, however, that the Yearbook should not be allowed to disappear com­ pletely. In our opinion, one of its most attractive features has been the 'Survey of recent historical works on Belgium and the Netherlands published in Dutch.' It is the intention of the Nederlands Historisch Genootschal'. to seek means to continue this in another form, probably in that of pamphlets appearing every two years and written by the same, or a similar, group of experts. In that way we may be able to provide a useful service to our colleagues abroad.
    Description / Table of Contents: Changes in the socio-economic status of the Belgian nobility in the nineteenth centuryIndustrialization and economic growth in the Netherlands during the nineteenth century: an integration of recent studies -- A ‘New’ and an ‘Old Trend’. Military thinking in the Netherlands and the Dutch East around the turn of the century -- Van Karnebeek’s break with tradition -- A cheque drawn on a failing bank: the address delivered by Queen Wilhelmina on 6th/7th December 1942 -- The Great Strike of 1960-61: its economic and socio-political background -- Survey of recent historical works on Belgium and the Netherlands published in Dutch -- Authors and Translators.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9789401744430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 446 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Law ; Conflict of laws. ; Law—Philosophy. ; Private international law.
    Abstract: Last year I addressed the Netherlands Comparative Law Asso­ ciation with the following question: 'Does Comparative Law Exist At All?' (My intention then was to flog the dead (?) horse of the merger of comparative law and the sociology of law. ) In presenting this voluminous collection of Netherlands national reports to the eleventh congress of the Internatio­ nal Academy of Comparative Law I feel my misgivings giving way to the suspicion, that comparative law indeed exists. Of course national reports do not, as such, prove the exist­ ence of comparative law. It is the general reports together with the national reports, which embody the comparative effort. That is why the Netherlands Comparative Law Associa­ tion took the initiative to propose the publishing of the materials on a subject to subject basis instead of publish­ ing collections of national reports. From a comparative legal point of view, it is the topic that should form the basis of the publication, and not the origin of the materials. The general reporter for each topic should be prepared to take up the responsabilities of editing the volume, and would have to be given the right to select those national reports which he considers to be useful both in regard to their quality and the relevance of the material to the basic problems in the questionnaire. This proposal met with very favourable comments from the na­ tional committees and general reporters of some fifteen coun­ tries.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400958913
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General)
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Quantitative Approaches in Bryophyte Ecology2 Life-forms of Bryophytes -- 3 Tropical Forest Bryophytes -- 4 Desert Bryophytes -- 5 Bryophyte Vegetation in Polar Regions -- 6 Alpine Communities -- 7 Epiphytes and Epiliths -- 8 The Ecology of Sphagnum -- 9 Bryophytes and Invertebrates -- 10 Physiological Ecology: Water Relations, Light and Temperature Responses, Carbon Balance -- 11 Mineral Nutrition -- 12 Responses of Bryophytes to Air Pollution -- 13 Quaternary Bryophyte Palaeo-ecology -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...